U.S. patent application number 16/942235 was filed with the patent office on 2021-05-20 for neuroactive steroids, compositions, and uses thereof.
The applicant listed for this patent is Sage Therapeutics, Inc.. Invention is credited to Benny C. Askew, Jean-Cosme Dodart, Boyd L. Harrison, Albert Jean Robichaud, Francesco G. Salituro, Ravindra B. Upasani.
Application Number | 20210147470 16/942235 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 1000005360696 |
Filed Date | 2021-05-20 |
View All Diagrams
United States Patent
Application |
20210147470 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
Upasani; Ravindra B. ; et
al. |
May 20, 2021 |
NEUROACTIVE STEROIDS, COMPOSITIONS, AND USES THEREOF
Abstract
Compounds are provided according to Formula (I): ##STR00001##
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein Z is a group
of the formula (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or (v): ##STR00002## and
wherein L.sup.1, L.sup.2, L.sup.3, X.sup.1, X.sup.2, Y, R.sup.Z4,
R.sup.Z5, R.sup.Z6, n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b,
R.sup.4a, R.sup.4b, R.sup.6a, R.sup.6b, R.sup.7a, R.sup.7b,
R.sup.11a, R.sup.11b, R.sup.14, R.sup.17, R.sup.19, R.sup.20,
R.sup.23a, R.sup.23b, and R.sup.24 are as defined herein, and
pharmaceutical compositions thereof. Compounds of the present
invention are contemplated useful for the prevention and treatment
of a variety of CNS-related conditions in mammals.
Inventors: |
Upasani; Ravindra B.; (San
Jose, CA) ; Harrison; Boyd L.; (Princeton Junction,
NJ) ; Askew; Benny C.; (Marshfield, MA) ;
Dodart; Jean-Cosme; (Brookline, MA) ; Salituro;
Francesco G.; (Marlborough, MA) ; Robichaud; Albert
Jean; (Boston, MA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
Sage Therapeutics, Inc. |
Cambridge |
MA |
US |
|
|
Family ID: |
1000005360696 |
Appl. No.: |
16/942235 |
Filed: |
July 29, 2020 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
16114791 |
Aug 28, 2018 |
10759828 |
|
|
16942235 |
|
|
|
|
14343603 |
Nov 25, 2014 |
|
|
|
PCT/US2012/054261 |
Sep 7, 2012 |
|
|
|
16114791 |
|
|
|
|
61532427 |
Sep 8, 2011 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
1/1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
C07J 31/003 20130101;
C07J 43/003 20130101; C07J 41/00 20130101; C07J 9/00 20130101; C07J
75/00 20130101; C07J 1/0029 20130101; C07J 41/0005 20130101; C07J
41/0011 20130101; C07J 41/0055 20130101; C07J 7/007 20130101; C07J
31/006 20130101; C07J 9/005 20130101; C07J 3/00 20130101; C07J 1/00
20130101 |
International
Class: |
C07J 41/00 20060101
C07J041/00; C07J 9/00 20060101 C07J009/00; C07J 1/00 20060101
C07J001/00; C07J 3/00 20060101 C07J003/00; C07J 7/00 20060101
C07J007/00; C07J 31/00 20060101 C07J031/00; C07J 43/00 20060101
C07J043/00; C07J 75/00 20060101 C07J075/00 |
Claims
1. A process for preparing a compound having the formula
##STR00188## comprising: contacting a compound having the formula
##STR00189## with a reducing agent to provide a compound having the
formula ##STR00190## contacting the compound INT H with a coupling
agent to produce the compound C_011_1.
2. The process of claim 1, wherein the reducing agent is
NaBH.sub.4.
3. The process of claim 2, wherein a catalyst is used with the
reducing agent, and wherein the catalyst is CeCl.sub.3.
4. The process of claim 1, wherein the coupling agent is methyl
propiolate.
5. The process of claim 4, wherein the coupling agent is used with
a catalyst, and the catalyst is N-methylmorpholine.
Description
RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation of U.S. Ser. No.
16/114,791, filed Aug. 28, 2018, which is a continuation of U.S.
Ser. No. 14/343,603, filed Nov. 25, 2014, which is a national stage
application under U.S.C. .sctn. 371 of International Application
No. PCT/US2012/054261, filed Sep. 7, 2012, which claims priority
under 35 U.S.C. .sctn. 119(e) to U.S. provisional patent
application, U.S. Ser. No. 61/532,427, filed Sep. 8, 2011, the
contents of each of which is incorporated herein by reference.
BACKGROUND
[0002] Brain excitability is defined as the level of arousal of an
animal, a continuum that ranges from coma to convulsions, and is
regulated by various neurotransmitters. In general,
neurotransmitters are responsible for regulating the conductance of
ions across neuronal membranes. At rest, the neuronal membrane
possesses a potential (or membrane voltage) of approximately -70
mV, the cell interior being negative with respect to the cell
exterior. The potential (voltage) is the result of ion (K.sup.+,
Na.sup.+, Cl.sup.-, organic anions) balance across the neuronal
semipermeable membrane. Neurotransmitters are stored in presynaptic
vesicles and are released as a result of neuronal action
potentials. When released into the synaptic cleft, an excitatory
chemical transmitter such as acetylcholine will cause membrane
depolarization (change of potential from -70 mV to -50 mV). This
effect is mediated by postsynaptic nicotinic receptors which are
stimulated by acetylcholine to increase the membrane permeability
of Na.sup.+ ions. The reduced membrane potential stimulates
neuronal excitability in the form of a postsynaptic action
potential.
[0003] NMDA receptors are highly expressed in the CNS and are
involved in excitatory synaptic transmission and synaptic
plasticity as well as excitotoxicity. These receptors are
ligand-gated ion channels that admit Ca.sup.2+ after binding of the
neurotransmitter glutamate and are fundamental to excitatory
neurotransmission and normal CNS function. NMDA receptors are
heteromeric complexes comprised of NR1, NR2, and/or NR3 subunits
and possess distinct recognition sites for exogenous and endogenous
ligands. These recognition sites include binding sites for glycine,
and glutamate agonists and modulators. These modulators may be
useful as therapeutic agents with potential clinical uses as
cognitive enhancers and in the treatment of psychiatric disorders
in which glutamatergic transmission is reduced or defective (see,
e.g., Horak et al., J. of Neuroscience, 2004, 24(46),
10318-10325).
[0004] Neuroactive steroids such as pregnenolone sulfate (PS) have
been shown to exert direct modulatory effects on several types of
neurotransmitter receptors, such as GABA.sub.A, glycine,
AMPA-kainate, and NMDA receptors. NMDA receptors are positively
modulated by PS; however, the degree of modulation varies
considerably.
[0005] In addition to PS, several other 3.beta.-hydroxy steroids
have been shown to potentiate NMDA receptors (see, e.g., Paul et
al., J. Pharm. and Exp. Ther. 1994, 271, 677-682). Recently, a
3.beta.-hydroxy-ergost-5-ene steroid derivative (1) was reported as
positive modulator of NMDA (NR1a/NR2A). Compound (1) (also referred
to as Org-1) was found to selectively modulate NMDA over GABA.sub.A
(see, e.g., Madau et al., Program No. 613.2/B87. 2009 Neuroscience
Meeting Planner. Chicago, Ill.: Society for Neuroscience, 2009;
Connick et al., Program No. 613.1/B86. 2009 Neuroscience Meeting
Planner. Chicago, Ill.: Society for Neuroscience, 2009).
##STR00003##
[0006] New and improved neuroactive steroids are needed that
modulate brain excitability for the prevention and treatment of
CNS-related conditions. The compounds, compositions, and methods
described herein are directed toward this end.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0007] New 3-.alpha. and 3.beta.-hydroxy steroids described herein
are potential NMDA receptor modulators and thus are useful for
preventing and/or treating a broad range of CNS-related conditions,
including but not limited to schizophrenia, depression, bipolar
disorder (e.g., I and/or II), schizoaffective disorder, mood
disorders, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, psychosis,
compulsive disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), Autism
spectrum disorder (ASD), dysthymia (mild depression), social
anxiety disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), pain (e.g.,
a painful syndrome or disorder), sleep disorders, memory disorders,
dementia, Alzheimer's Disease, a seizure disorder (e.g., epilepsy),
traumatic brain injury, stroke, addictive disorders (e.g.,
addiction to opiates, cocaine, and/or alcohol), autism,
Huntington's Disease, insomnia, Parkinson's disease, withdrawal
syndromes, or tinnitus. These compounds are expected to show
improved in vivo potency, pharmacokinetic (PK) properties, oral
bioavailability, formulatability, stability, and/or safety.
[0008] In one aspect, provided are compounds according to Formula
(I):
##STR00004##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof; wherein:
[0009] Z is a group of the formula (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or
(v):
##STR00005##
L.sup.1, L.sup.2, L.sup.3, X.sup.1, X.sup.2, Y, R.sup.Z4, R.sup.Z5,
R.sup.Z6, n, R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3a, R.sup.3b, R.sup.4a,
R.sup.4b, R.sup.6a, R.sup.6b, R.sup.7a, R.sup.7b, R.sup.11a,
R.sup.11b, R.sup.14, R.sup.17, R.sup.19, R.sup.20, R.sup.23a,
R.sup.23b, and R.sup.24 are as defined herein; and the group
--XR.sup.3b at the C3 position is alpha or beta.
[0010] For example, in certain embodiments, the compound of Formula
(I) is of Formula (I-w):
##STR00006##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof; wherein:
[0011] Z is a group of the formula (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or
(v):
##STR00007##
[0012] L.sup.1 and L.sup.2 are selected from a group consisting of
a bond, a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene, a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene, a
substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene, a
substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene, and
a substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkynylene;
[0013] L.sup.3 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6
alkylene, a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkynylene, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.1-C.sub.6
alkylene, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkenylene, or a substituted or unsubstituted hetero
C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene;
[0014] each instance of X.sup.1 and X.sup.2 is independently --O--,
--S--, or --NH--;
[0015] R.sup.1 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl;
[0016] R.sup.3b is hydrogen;
[0017] R.sup.3a is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl;
[0018] each instance of R.sup.2, R.sup.11a, and R.sup.11b is
independently hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1, wherein wherein R.sup.B1 is
hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or R.sup.11a and
R.sup.11b are joined to form an oxo (.dbd.O) group;
[0019] each of R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b is independently hydrogen,
halo, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, and represents a
single or double bond, provided if a double bond is present, then
one of R.sup.6a or R.sup.6b is absent, and provided if a single
bond is present, then the hydrogen at C5 is in the alpha or beta
position;
[0020] each instance of R.sup.19 and R.sup.20 is independently
hydrogen or --CH.sub.3;
[0021] and each instance of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is
independently hydrogen, halogen, or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, or R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b are joined together to form
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6 cycloalkyl;
[0022] R.sup.24 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl;
[0023] Y is --O--, --S--, or --NR.sup.Z5--;
[0024] R.sup.Z4 is independently substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
--OR.sup.Z5, --SR.sup.Z5, or --N(R.sup.Z5).sub.2;
[0025] each instance of R.sup.Z5 is independently hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl; and
[0026] each instance of R.sup.Z6 is independently hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or two R.sup.Z6 groups are
joined to form a C.sub.3-6 carbocyclic ring; and
[0027] the subscript n is 0 or 1;
provided the following compounds are specifically excluded:
##STR00008##
[0028] In certain embodiments, Z is a group of formula:
##STR00009##
[0029] In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is a group of formula:
##STR00010##
wherein p is 1, 2, or 3; and each instance of R.sup.Z7 and R.sup.Z8
is, independently, hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or --OR.sup.Z5.
[0030] In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is a group of formula:
##STR00011##
wherein w is 0 or 1 and p is 1, 2, or 3, or w is 1 and p is 0, 1,
2, or 3; and each instance of R.sup.Z7 and R.sup.Z8 is
independently hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or --OR.sup.Z5.
[0031] In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is a group of formula:
##STR00012##
[0032] In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is a group of formula:
##STR00013##
[0033] In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is a group of formula:
##STR00014##
[0034] In certain embodiments, Z is of formula
##STR00015##
[0035] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00016##
is of the formula:
##STR00017## ##STR00018##
[0036] In certain embodiments, Z is of formula
##STR00019##
[0037] In certain embodiments, wherein Y is --O-- and L.sup.3 is an
alkylene or heteroalkylene group.
[0038] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00020##
is of the formula:
##STR00021##
[0039] In certain embodiments, Z is of formula
##STR00022##
[0040] In certain embodiments, Y is --O-- and L.sup.3 is an
alkylene or heteroalkylene.
[0041] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00023##
is of the formula:
##STR00024##
[0042] In certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b is in
the beta position, and R.sup.3a is in the alpha position. In
certain embodiments, --X.sup.1R.sup.3b is --OH. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a
is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6b is halogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1, and R.sup.11a is
hydrogen. In certain embodiments. R.sup.11a and R.sup.11b together
form an oxo group. In certain embodiments, represents a single
bond, and the hydrogen at C5 is in the alpha position. In certain
embodiments, represents a double bond. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.19 is --CH.sub.3.
[0043] In another aspect, provided is a pharmaceutical composition
comprising a compound of the present invention and a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. In certain embodiments, the
compound of the present invention is provided in an effective
amount. In certain embodiments, the compound of the present
invention is provided in a therapeutically effective amount. In
certain embodiments, the compound of the present invention is
provided in a prophylactically effective amount.
[0044] In certain aspects, compounds of the present invention are
provided as negative allosteric modulators (NAM) of NMDA receptor
and thus are useful for preventing and/or treating a broad range of
CNS conditions including but not limited to schizophrenia,
depression, bipolar disorder (I and II), schizoaffective disorder,
mood disorders, anxiety disorders, personality disorders,
psychosis, compulsive disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD), Autism spectrum disorder (ASD), dysthymia (mild
depression), social anxiety disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder
(OCD), all pain syndromes and disorders, sleep disorders, memory
disorders and dementia including Alzheimer's Disease, epilepsy and
any seizure disorders, traumatic brain injury (TBI), stroke,
addictive disorders including opiates and cocaine and alcohol,
autism, Huntington's Disease, insomnia, Parkinson's disease,
withdrawal syndromes, or tinnitus. For example, in one aspect,
provided is a method of NMDA receptor modulation comprising
administering an effective amount of a compound of the present
invention to a subject in need thereof. In another aspect, provided
is a method of modulating CNS-activity comprising administering an
effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a
subject in need thereof. In yet another aspect, provided is a
method of modulating brain excitability comprising administering an
effective amount of a compound of the present invention to a
subject in need thereof.
[0045] Other objects and advantages will become apparent to those
skilled in the art from a consideration of the ensuing detailed
description, examples, and claims.
Definitions
Chemical Definitions
[0046] Definitions of specific functional groups and chemical terms
are described in more detail below. The chemical elements are
identified in accordance with the Periodic Table of the Elements,
CAS version, Handbook of Chemistry and Physics, 75.sup.th Ed.,
inside cover, and specific functional groups are generally defined
as described therein. Additionally, general principles of organic
chemistry, as well as specific functional moieties and reactivity,
are described in Thomas Sorrell, Organic Chemistry, University
Science Books, Sausalito, 1999; Smith and March, March's Advanced
Organic Chemistry, 5.sup.th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, 2001; Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH
Publishers, Inc., New York, 1989; and Carruthers, Some Modern
Methods of Organic Synthesis, 3.sup.rd Edition, Cambridge
University Press, Cambridge, 1987.
[0047] Compounds described herein can comprise one or more
asymmetric centers, and thus can exist in various isomeric forms,
e.g., enantiomers and/or diastereomers. For example, the compounds
described herein can be in the form of an individual enantiomer,
diastereomer or geometric isomer, or can be in the form of a
mixture of stereoisomers, including racemic mixtures and mixtures
enriched in one or more stereoisomer. Isomers can be isolated from
mixtures by methods known to those skilled in the art, including
chiral high pressure liquid chromatography (HPLC) and the formation
and crystallization of chiral salts; or preferred isomers can be
prepared by asymmetric syntheses. See, for example, Jacques et al.,
Enantiomers, Racemates and Resolutions (Wiley Interscience, New
York, 1981); Wilen et al., Tetrahedron 33:2725 (1977); Eliel,
Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, NY, 1962); and
Wilen, Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions p. 268
(E. L. Eliel, Ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Ind.
1972). The invention additionally encompasses compounds described
herein as individual isomers substantially free of other isomers,
and alternatively, as mixtures of various isomers.
[0048] When a range of values is listed, it is intended to
encompass each value and sub-range within the range. For example
"C.sub.1-6 alkyl" is intended to encompass, C.sub.1, C.sub.2,
C.sub.3, C.sub.4, C.sub.5, C.sub.6, C.sub.1-6, C.sub.1-5,
C.sub.1-4, C.sub.1-3, C.sub.1-2, C.sub.2-6, C.sub.2-5, C.sub.2-4,
C.sub.2-3, C.sub.3-6, C.sub.3-5, C.sub.3-4, C.sub.4-6, C.sub.4-5,
and C.sub.5-6 alkyl.
[0049] The following terms are intended to have the meanings
presented therewith below and are useful in understanding the
description and intended scope of the present invention. When
describing the invention, which may include compounds,
pharmaceutical compositions containing such compounds and methods
of using such compounds and compositions, the following terms, if
present, have the following meanings unless otherwise indicated. It
should also be understood that when described herein any of the
moieties defined forth below may be substituted with a variety of
substituents, and that the respective definitions are intended to
include such substituted moieties within their scope as set out
below. Unless otherwise stated, the term "substituted" is to be
defined as set out below. It should be further understood that the
terms "groups" and "radicals" can be considered interchangeable
when used herein. The articles "a" and "an" may be used herein to
refer to one or to more than one (i.e. at least one) of the
grammatical objects of the article. By way of example "an analogue"
means one analogue or more than one analogue.
[0050] "Alkyl" refers to a radical of a straight-chain or branched
saturated hydrocarbon group having from 1 to 20 carbon atoms
("C.sub.1-20 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to
12 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-12 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl
group has 1 to 10 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-10 alkyl"). In some
embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 9 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-9
alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 8 carbon
atoms ("C.sub.1-8 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has
1 to 7 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-7 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkyl group has 1 to 6 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-6 alkyl", also
referred to herein as "lower alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl
group has 1 to 5 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-5 alkyl"). In some
embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 4 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-4
alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has 1 to 3 carbon
atoms ("C.sub.1-3 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an alkyl group has
1 to 2 carbon atoms ("C.sub.1-2 alkyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkyl group has 1 carbon atom ("C.sub.1 alkyl"). In some
embodiments, an alkyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-6
alkyl"). Examples of C.sub.1-6 alkyl groups include methyl
(C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl
(C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl
(C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl
(C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl
(C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), and n-hexyl (C.sub.6).
Additional examples of alkyl groups include n-heptyl (C.sub.7),
n-octyl (C.sub.8) and the like. Unless otherwise specified, each
instance of an alkyl group is independently optionally substituted,
i.e., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted alkyl") or substituted (a
"substituted alkyl") with one or more substituents; e.g., for
instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1
substituent. In certain embodiments, the alkyl group is
unsubstituted C.sub.1-10 alkyl (e.g., --CH.sub.3). In certain
embodiments, the alkyl group is substituted C.sub.1-10 alkyl.
Common alkyl abbreviations include Me (--CH.sub.3), Et
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.3), iPr (--CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2), nPr
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.3), n-Bu
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.3), or i-Bu
(--CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2).
[0051] As used herein, "alkylene," "alkenylene," and "alkynylene,"
refer to a divalent radical of an alkyl, alkenyl, and alkynyl
group, respectively. When a range or number of carbons is provided
for a particular "alkylene," "alkenylene," and "alkynylene" group,
it is understood that the range or number refers to the range or
number of carbons in the linear carbon divalent chain. "Alkylene,"
"alkenylene," and "alkynylene" groups may be substituted or
unsubstituted with one or more substituents as described
herein.
[0052] "Alkylene" refers to an alkyl group wherein two hydrogens
are removed to provide a divalent radical, and which may be
substituted or unsubstituted. Unsubstituted alkylene groups
include, but are not limited to, methylene (--CH.sub.2--), ethylene
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--), propylene (--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--),
butylene (--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--), pentylene
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--), hexylene
(--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--), and the
like. Exemplary substituted alkylene groups, e.g., substituted with
one or more alkyl (methyl) groups, include but are not limited to,
substituted methylene (--CH(CH.sub.3)--, (--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--),
substituted ethylene (--CH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.3)--, --C(CH.sub.3).sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--), substituted propylene
(--CH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.3)--,
--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2C(CH.sub.3).sub.2CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--), and the like.
[0053] "Alkenyl" refers to a radical of a straight-chain or
branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or
more carbon-carbon double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 double bonds),
and no triple bonds ("C.sub.2-20 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkenyl group has 2 to 10 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-10 alkenyl"). In
some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms
("C.sub.2-9 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2
to 8 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-8 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-7 alkenyl"). In
some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms
("C.sub.2-6 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2
to 5 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-5 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-4 alkenyl"). In
some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms
("C.sub.2-3 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, an alkenyl group has 2
carbon atoms ("C.sub.2 alkenyl"). The one or more carbon-carbon
double bonds can be internal (such as in 2-butenyl) or terminal
(such as in 1-butenyl). Examples of C.sub.2-4 alkenyl groups
include ethenyl (C.sub.2), 1-propenyl (C.sub.3), 2-propenyl
(C.sub.3), 1-butenyl (C.sub.4), 2-butenyl (C.sub.4), butadienyl
(C.sub.4), and the like. Examples of C.sub.2-6 alkenyl groups
include the aforementioned C.sub.2-4 alkenyl groups as well as
pentenyl (C.sub.5), pentadienyl (C.sub.5), hexenyl (C.sub.6), and
the like. Additional examples of alkenyl include heptenyl
(C.sub.7), octenyl (C.sub.8), octatrienyl (C.sub.8), and the like.
Unless otherwise specified, each instance of an alkenyl group is
independently optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an
"unsubstituted alkenyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkenyl")
with one or more substituents e.g., for instance from 1 to 5
substituents, 1 to 3 substituents, or 1 substituent. In certain
embodiments, the alkenyl group is unsubstituted C.sub.2-10 alkenyl.
In certain embodiments, the alkenyl group is substituted C.sub.2-10
alkenyl.
[0054] "Alkenylene" refers to an alkenyl group wherein two
hydrogens are removed to provide a divalent radical, and which may
be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary unsubstituted divalent
alkenylene groups include, but are not limited to, ethenylene
(--CH.dbd.CH--) and propenylene (e.g., --CH.dbd.CHCH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--CH.dbd.CH--). Exemplary substituted alkenylene groups,
e.g., substituted with one or more alkyl (methyl) groups, include
but are not limited to, substituted ethylene
(--C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CH--, --CH.dbd.C(CH.sub.3)--), substituted
propylene (e.g., --C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CHCH.sub.2--,
--CH.dbd.C(CH.sub.3)CH.sub.2--, --CH.dbd.CHCH(CH.sub.3)--,
--CH.dbd.CHC(CH.sub.3).sub.2--, --CH(CH.sub.3)--CH.dbd.CH--,
--C(CH.sub.3).sub.2--CH.dbd.CH--, --CH.sub.2--C(CH.sub.3).dbd.CH--,
--CH.sub.2--CH.dbd.C(CH.sub.3)--), and the like.
[0055] "Alkynyl" refers to a radical of a straight-chain or
branched hydrocarbon group having from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, one or
more carbon-carbon triple bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 triple bonds),
and optionally one or more double bonds (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4 double
bonds) ("C.sub.2-20 alkynyl"). An alkynyl group that has one or
more triple bonds and one or more double bonds is also referred to
as an "ene-yene" group. In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2
to 10 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-10 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkynyl group has 2 to 9 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-9 alkynyl"). In
some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms
("C.sub.2-8 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2
to 7 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-7 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkynyl group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-6 alkynyl"). In
some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms
("C.sub.2-5 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2
to 4 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-4 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, an
alkynyl group has 2 to 3 carbon atoms ("C.sub.2-3 alkynyl"). In
some embodiments, an alkynyl group has 2 carbon atoms ("C2
alkynyl"). The one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds can be
internal (such as in 2-butynyl) or terminal (such as in 1-butynyl).
Examples of C.sub.2-4 alkynyl groups include, without limitation,
ethynyl (C.sub.2), 1-propynyl (C.sub.3), 2-propynyl (C.sub.3),
1-butynyl (C.sub.4), 2-butynyl (C.sub.4), and the like. Examples of
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl groups include the aforementioned C.sub.2-4
alkynyl groups as well as pentynyl (C.sub.5), hexynyl (C.sub.6),
and the like. Additional examples of alkynyl include heptynyl
(C.sub.7), octynyl (C.sub.8), and the like. Unless otherwise
specified, each instance of an alkynyl group is independently
optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted
alkynyl") or substituted (a "substituted alkynyl") with one or more
substituents; e.g., for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, 1 to 3
substituents, or 1 substituent. In certain embodiments, the alkynyl
group is unsubstituted C.sub.2-10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments,
the alkynyl group is substituted C.sub.2-10 alkynyl.
[0056] "Alkynylene" refers to a linear alkynyl group wherein two
hydrogens are removed to provide a divalent radical, and which may
be substituted or unsubstituted. Exemplary divalent alkynylene
groups include, but are not limited to, substituted or
unsubstituted ethynylene, substituted or unsubstituted propynylene,
and the like.
[0057] The term "heteroalkyl," as used herein, refers to an alkyl
group, as defined herein, which further comprises 1 or more (e.g.,
1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur, nitrogen, boron,
silicon, phosphorus) within the parent chain, wherein the one or
more heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within
the parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted
between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the
point of attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkyl group
refers to a saturated group having from 1 to 10 carbon atoms and 1,
2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.1-10 alkyl"). In some
embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 9
carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.1-9
alkyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated
group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
("heteroC.sub.1-8 alkyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group
is a saturated group having 1 to 7 carbon atoms and 1, 2, 3, or 4
heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.1-7 alkyl"). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkyl group is a group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and 1, 2,
or 3 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.1-6 alkyl"). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms
and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.1-5 alkyl"). In some
embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1 to 4
carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.1-4 alkyl"). In
some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1
to 3 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom ("heteroC.sub.1-3 alkyl"). In
some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1
to 2 carbon atoms and 1 heteroatom ("heteroC.sub.1-2 alkyl"). In
some embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 1
carbon atom and 1 heteroatom ("heteroC.sub.1 alkyl"). In some
embodiments, a heteroalkyl group is a saturated group having 2 to 6
carbon atoms and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-6 alkyl").
Unless otherwise specified, each instance of a heteroalkyl group is
independently unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted heteroalkyl") or
substituted (a "substituted heteroalkyl") with one or more
substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkyl group is an
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.1-10 alkyl. In certain embodiments, the
heteroalkyl group is a substituted heteroC.sub.1-10 alkyl.
[0058] The term "heteroalkenyl," as used herein, refers to an
alkenyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises one or
more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur,
nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more
heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the
parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted
between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the
point of attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group
refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one
double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-10
alkenyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 9
carbon atoms at least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4
heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-9 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one double
bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-8 alkenyl"). In
some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at
least one double bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
("heteroC.sub.2-7 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl
group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1, 2,
or 3 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-6 alkenyl"). In some embodiments,
a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one double
bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-5 alkenyl"). In some
embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at
least one double bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-4
alkenyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl group has 2 to 3
carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 heteroatom
("heteroC.sub.2-3 alkenyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkenyl
group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one double bond, and 1 or 2
heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-6 alkenyl"). Unless otherwise
specified, each instance of a heteroalkenyl group is independently
unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted heteroalkenyl") or substituted (a
"substituted heteroalkenyl") with one or more substituents. In
certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl group is an unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.2-10 alkenyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkenyl
group is a substituted heteroC.sub.2-10 alkenyl.
[0059] The term "heteroalkynyl," as used herein, refers to an
alkynyl group, as defined herein, which further comprises one or
more (e.g., 1, 2, 3, or 4) heteroatoms (e.g., oxygen, sulfur,
nitrogen, boron, silicon, phosphorus) wherein the one or more
heteroatoms is inserted between adjacent carbon atoms within the
parent carbon chain and/or one or more heteroatoms is inserted
between a carbon atom and the parent molecule, i.e., between the
point of attachment. In certain embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group
refers to a group having from 2 to 10 carbon atoms, at least one
triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-10
alkynyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 9
carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4
heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-9 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, a
heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 8 carbon atoms, at least one triple
bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-8 alkynyl"). In
some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 7 carbon atoms, at
least one triple bond, and 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms
("heteroC.sub.2-7 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl
group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1, 2,
or 3 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-6 alkynyl"). In some embodiments,
a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 5 carbon atoms, at least one triple
bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-5 alkynyl"). In some
embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 4 carbon atoms, at
least one triple bond, and 1 or 2 heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-4
alkynyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl group has 2 to 3
carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 heteroatom
("heteroC.sub.2-3 alkynyl"). In some embodiments, a heteroalkynyl
group has 2 to 6 carbon atoms, at least one triple bond, and 1 or 2
heteroatoms ("heteroC.sub.2-6 alkynyl"). Unless otherwise
specified, each instance of a heteroalkynyl group is independently
unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted heteroalkynyl") or substituted (a
"substituted heteroalkynyl") with one or more substituents. In
certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl group is an unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.2-10 alkynyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroalkynyl
group is a substituted heteroC.sub.2-10 alkynyl.
[0060] As used herein, "alkylene," "alkenylene," "alkynylene,"
"heteroalkylene," "heteroalkenylene," and "heteroalkynylene," refer
to a divalent radical of an alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl group,
heteroalkyl, heteroalkenyl, and heteroalkynyl group respectively.
When a range or number of carbons is provided for a particular
"alkylene," "alkenylene," "alkynylene," "heteroalkylene,"
"heteroalkenylene," or "heteroalkynylene," group, it is understood
that the range or number refers to the range or number of carbons
in the linear carbon divalent chain. "Alkylene," "alkenylene,"
"alkynylene," "heteroalkylene," "heteroalkenylene," and
"heteroalkynylene" groups may be substituted or unsubstituted with
one or more substituents as described herein.
[0061] "Aryl" refers to a radical of a monocyclic or polycyclic
(e.g., bicyclic or tricyclic) 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g.,
having 6, 10, or 14 .pi. electrons shared in a cyclic array) having
6-14 ring carbon atoms and zero heteroatoms provided in the
aromatic ring system ("C.sub.6-14 aryl"). In some embodiments, an
aryl group has six ring carbon atoms ("C.sub.6 aryl"; e.g.,
phenyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has ten ring carbon
atoms ("C.sub.10 aryl"; e.g., naphthyl such as 1-naphthyl and
2-naphthyl). In some embodiments, an aryl group has fourteen ring
carbon atoms ("C.sub.14 aryl"; e.g., anthracyl). "Aryl" also
includes ring systems wherein the aryl ring, as defined above, is
fused with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein
the radical or point of attachment is on the aryl ring, and in such
instances, the number of carbon atoms continue to designate the
number of carbon atoms in the aryl ring system. Typical aryl groups
include, but are not limited to, groups derived from aceanthrylene,
acenaphthylene, acephenanthrylene, anthracene, azulene, benzene,
chrysene, coronene, fluoranthene, fluorene, hexacene, hexaphene,
hexalene, as-indacene, s-indacene, indane, indene, naphthalene,
octacene, octaphene, octalene, ovalene, penta-2,4-diene, pentacene,
pentalene, pentaphene, perylene, phenalene, phenanthrene, picene,
pleiadene, pyrene, pyranthrene, rubicene, triphenylene, and
trinaphthalene. Particularly aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl,
indenyl, and tetrahydronaphthyl. Unless otherwise specified, each
instance of an aryl group is independently optionally substituted,
i.e., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted aryl") or substituted (a
"substituted aryl") with one or more substituents. In certain
embodiments, the aryl group is unsubstituted C.sub.6-14 aryl. In
certain embodiments, the aryl group is substituted C.sub.6-14
aryl.
[0062] In certain embodiments, an aryl group substituted with one
or more of groups selected from halo, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 haloalkyl, cyano, hydroxy, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy,
and amino.
[0063] Examples of representative substituted aryls include the
following
##STR00025##
wherein one of R.sup.56 and R.sup.57 may be hydrogen and at least
one of R.sup.56 and R.sup.57 is each independently selected from
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 haloalkyl, 4-10 membered
heterocyclyl, alkanoyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkoxy, heteroaryloxy,
alkylamino, arylamino, heteroarylamino, NR.sup.58COR.sup.59,
NR.sup.58SOR.sup.59NR.sup.58SO.sub.2R.sup.59, COOalkyl, COOaryl,
CONR.sup.58R.sup.59, CONR.sup.58OR.sup.59, NR.sup.58R.sup.59,
SO.sub.2NR.sup.58R.sup.59, S-alkyl, SOalkyl, SO.sub.2alkyl, Saryl,
SOaryl, SO.sub.2aryl; or R.sup.56 and R.sup.57 may be joined to
form a cyclic ring (saturated or unsaturated) from 5 to 8 atoms,
optionally containing one or more heteroatoms selected from the
group N, O, or S. R.sup.60 and R.sup.61 are independently hydrogen,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10
cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl,
substituted C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or
substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0064] Other representative aryl groups having a fused heterocyclyl
group include the following:
##STR00026##
wherein each W is selected from C(R.sup.66).sub.2, NR.sup.66, O,
and S; and each Y is selected from carbonyl, NR.sup.66, O and S;
and R.sup.66 is independently hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0065] "Fused aryl" refers to an aryl having two of its ring carbon
in common with a second aryl or heteroaryl ring or with a
carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl ring.
[0066] "Aralkyl" is a subset of alkyl and aryl, as defined herein,
and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group substituted by
an optionally substituted aryl group.
[0067] "Heteroaryl" refers to a radical of a 5-10 membered
monocyclic or bicyclic 4n+2 aromatic ring system (e.g., having 6 or
10 .pi. electrons shared in a cyclic array) having ring carbon
atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring
system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur ("5-10 membered heteroaryl"). In
heteroaryl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the
point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency
permits. Heteroaryl bicyclic ring systems can include one or more
heteroatoms in one or both rings. "Heteroaryl" includes ring
systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined above, is fused
with one or more carbocyclyl or heterocyclyl groups wherein the
point of attachment is on the heteroaryl ring, and in such
instances, the number of ring members continue to designate the
number of ring members in the heteroaryl ring system. "Heteroaryl"
also includes ring systems wherein the heteroaryl ring, as defined
above, is fused with one or more aryl groups wherein the point of
attachment is either on the aryl or heteroaryl ring, and in such
instances, the number of ring members designates the number of ring
members in the fused (aryl/heteroaryl) ring system. Bicyclic
heteroaryl groups wherein one ring does not contain a heteroatom
(e.g., indolyl, quinolinyl, carbazolyl, and the like) the point of
attachment can be on either ring, i.e., either the ring bearing a
heteroatom (e.g., 2-indolyl) or the ring that does not contain a
heteroatom (e.g., 5-indolyl).
[0068] In some embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-10 membered
aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring
heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring system, wherein each
heteroatom is independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and
sulfur ("5-10 membered heteroaryl"). In some embodiments, a
heteroaryl group is a 5-8 membered aromatic ring system having ring
carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided in the aromatic ring
system, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-8 membered heteroaryl"). In some
embodiments, a heteroaryl group is a 5-6 membered aromatic ring
system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring heteroatoms provided
in the aromatic ring system, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-6
membered heteroaryl"). In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered
heteroaryl has 1-3 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen,
and sulfur. In some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has
1-2 ring heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In
some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heteroaryl has 1 ring heteroatom
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. Unless otherwise
specified, each instance of a heteroaryl group is independently
optionally substituted, i.e., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted
heteroaryl") or substituted (a "substituted heteroaryl") with one
or more substituents. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group
is unsubstituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl. In certain embodiments,
the heteroaryl group is substituted 5-14 membered heteroaryl.
[0069] Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing one
heteroatom include, without limitation, pyrrolyl, furanyl and
thiophenyl. Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing two
heteroatoms include, without limitation, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,
oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, and isothiazolyl. Exemplary
5-membered heteroaryl groups containing three heteroatoms include,
without limitation, triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and thiadiazolyl.
Exemplary 5-membered heteroaryl groups containing four heteroatoms
include, without limitation, tetrazolyl. Exemplary 6-membered
heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom include, without
limitation, pyridinyl. Exemplary 6-membered heteroaryl groups
containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation,
pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, and pyrazinyl. Exemplary 6-membered
heteroaryl groups containing three or four heteroatoms include,
without limitation, triazinyl and tetrazinyl, respectively.
Exemplary 7-membered heteroaryl groups containing one heteroatom
include, without limitation, azepinyl, oxepinyl, and thiepinyl.
Exemplary 5,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without
limitation, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, benzotriazolyl,
benzothiophenyl, isobenzothiophenyl, benzofuranyl, benzoisofuranyl,
benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, benzoxadiazolyl,
benzthiazolyl, benzisothiazolyl, benzthiadiazolyl, indolizinyl, and
purinyl. Exemplary 6,6-bicyclic heteroaryl groups include, without
limitation, naphthyridinyl, pteridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl,
cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl, phthalazinyl, and quinazolinyl.
[0070] Examples of representative heteroaryls include the
following:
##STR00027##
wherein each Y is selected from carbonyl, N, NR.sup.65, O, and S;
and R.sup.65 is independently hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, and 5-10 membered heteroaryl.
[0071] "Heteroaralkyl" is a subset of alkyl and heteroaryl, as
defined herein, and refers to an optionally substituted alkyl group
substituted by an optionally substituted heteroaryl group.
[0072] "Carbocyclyl" or "carbocyclic" refers to a radical of a
non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon group having from 3 to 10 ring
carbon atoms ("C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl") and zero heteroatoms in the
non-aromatic ring system. In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group
has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms ("C.sub.3-8 carbocyclyl"). In some
embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms
("C.sub.3-6 carbocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a carbocyclyl group
has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C.sub.3-6 carbocyclyl"). In some
embodiments, a carbocyclyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms
("C.sub.5-10 carbocyclyl"). Exemplary C.sub.3-6 carbocyclyl groups
include, without limitation, cyclopropyl (C.sub.3), cyclopropenyl
(C.sub.3), cyclobutyl (C.sub.4), cyclobutenyl (C.sub.4),
cyclopentyl (C.sub.5), cyclopentenyl (C.sub.5), cyclohexyl
(C.sub.6), cyclohexenyl (C.sub.6), cyclohexadienyl (C.sub.6), and
the like. Exemplary C.sub.3-8 carbocyclyl groups include, without
limitation, the aforementioned C.sub.3-6 carbocyclyl groups as well
as cycloheptyl (C.sub.7), cycloheptenyl (C.sub.7), cycloheptadienyl
(C.sub.7), cycloheptatrienyl (C.sub.7), cyclooctyl (C.sub.8),
cyclooctenyl (C.sub.8), bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (C.sub.7),
bicyclo[2.2.2]octanyl (C.sub.8), and the like. Exemplary C.sub.3-10
carbocyclyl groups include, without limitation, the aforementioned
C.sub.3-8 carbocyclyl groups as well as cyclononyl (C.sub.9),
cyclononenyl (C.sub.9), cyclodecyl (C.sub.10), cyclodecenyl
(C.sub.10), octahydro-1H-indenyl (C.sub.9), decahydronaphthalenyl
(C.sub.10), spiro[4.5]decanyl (C.sub.10), and the like. As the
foregoing examples illustrate, in certain embodiments, the
carbocyclyl group is either monocyclic ("monocyclic carbocyclyl")
or contain a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a bicyclic
system ("bicyclic carbocyclyl") and can be saturated or can be
partially unsaturated. "Carbocyclyl" also includes ring systems
wherein the carbocyclyl ring, as defined above, is fused with one
or more aryl or heteroaryl groups wherein the point of attachment
is on the carbocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of
carbons continue to designate the number of carbons in the
carbocyclic ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance
of a carbocyclyl group is independently optionally substituted,
i.e., unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted carbocyclyl") or substituted
(a "substituted carbocyclyl") with one or more substituents. In
certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl group is unsubstituted
C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the carbocyclyl
group is a substituted C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl.
[0073] In some embodiments, "carbocyclyl" is a monocyclic,
saturated carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms
("C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl"). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group
has 3 to 8 ring carbon atoms ("C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl"). In some
embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 3 to 6 ring carbon atoms
("C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl"). In some embodiments, a cycloalkyl group
has 5 to 6 ring carbon atoms ("C.sub.5-6 cycloalkyl"). In some
embodiments, a cycloalkyl group has 5 to 10 ring carbon atoms
("C.sub.5-10 cycloalkyl"). Examples of C.sub.5-6 cycloalkyl groups
include cyclopentyl (C.sub.5) and cyclohexyl (C.sub.5). Examples of
C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl groups include the aforementioned C.sub.5-6
cycloalkyl groups as well as cyclopropyl (C.sub.3) and cyclobutyl
(C.sub.4). Examples of C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl groups include the
aforementioned C.sub.3-6 cycloalkyl groups as well as cycloheptyl
(C.sub.7) and cyclooctyl (C.sub.8). Unless otherwise specified,
each instance of a cycloalkyl group is independently unsubstituted
(an "unsubstituted cycloalkyl") or substituted (a "substituted
cycloalkyl") with one or more substituents. In certain embodiments,
the cycloalkyl group is unsubstituted C.sub.3-10 cycloalkyl. In
certain embodiments, the cycloalkyl group is substituted C.sub.3-10
cycloalkyl.
[0074] "Heterocyclyl" or "heterocyclic" refers to a radical of a 3-
to 10-membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms
and 1 to 4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is
independently selected from nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron,
phosphorus, and silicon ("3-10 membered heterocyclyl"). In
heterocyclyl groups that contain one or more nitrogen atoms, the
point of attachment can be a carbon or nitrogen atom, as valency
permits. A heterocyclyl group can either be monocyclic ("monocyclic
heterocyclyl") or a fused, bridged or spiro ring system such as a
bicyclic system ("bicyclic heterocyclyl"), and can be saturated or
can be partially unsaturated. Heterocyclyl bicyclic ring systems
can include one or more heteroatoms in one or both rings.
"Heterocyclyl" also includes ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl
ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more carbocyclyl
groups wherein the point of attachment is either on the carbocyclyl
or heterocyclyl ring, or ring systems wherein the heterocyclyl
ring, as defined above, is fused with one or more aryl or
heteroaryl groups, wherein the point of attachment is on the
heterocyclyl ring, and in such instances, the number of ring
members continue to designate the number of ring members in the
heterocyclyl ring system. Unless otherwise specified, each instance
of heterocyclyl is independently optionally substituted, i.e.,
unsubstituted (an "unsubstituted heterocyclyl") or substituted (a
"substituted heterocyclyl") with one or more substituents. In
certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl group is unsubstituted 3-10
membered heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, the heterocyclyl
group is substituted 3-10 membered heterocyclyl.
[0075] In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-10 membered
non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4 ring
heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, sulfur, boron, phosphorus, and silicon ("5-10
membered heterocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group
is a 5-8 membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms
and 1-4 ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-8 membered
heterocyclyl"). In some embodiments, a heterocyclyl group is a 5-6
membered non-aromatic ring system having ring carbon atoms and 1-4
ring heteroatoms, wherein each heteroatom is independently selected
from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur ("5-6 membered heterocyclyl"). In
some embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-3 ring
heteroatoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some
embodiments, the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has 1-2 ring heteroatoms
selected from nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments,
the 5-6 membered heterocyclyl has one ring heteroatom selected from
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur.
[0076] Exemplary 3-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one
heteroatom include, without limitation, azirdinyl, oxiranyl,
thiorenyl. Exemplary 4-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one
heteroatom include, without limitation, azetidinyl, oxetanyl and
thietanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one
heteroatom include, without limitation, tetrahydrofuranyl,
dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiophenyl, dihydrothiophenyl,
pyrrolidinyl, dihydropyrrolyl and pyrrolyl-2,5-dione. Exemplary
5-membered heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include,
without limitation, dioxolanyl, oxasulfuranyl, disulfuranyl, and
oxazolidin-2-one. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups
containing three heteroatoms include, without limitation,
triazolinyl, oxadiazolinyl, and thiadiazolinyl. Exemplary
6-membered heterocyclyl groups containing one heteroatom include,
without limitation, piperidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl,
dihydropyridinyl, and thianyl. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl
groups containing two heteroatoms include, without limitation,
piperazinyl, morpholinyl, dithianyl, dioxanyl. Exemplary 6-membered
heterocyclyl groups containing two heteroatoms include, without
limitation, triazinanyl. Exemplary 7-membered heterocyclyl groups
containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azepanyl,
oxepanyl and thiepanyl. Exemplary 8-membered heterocyclyl groups
containing one heteroatom include, without limitation, azocanyl,
oxecanyl and thiocanyl. Exemplary 5-membered heterocyclyl groups
fused to a C.sub.6 aryl ring (also referred to herein as a
5,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation,
indolinyl, isoindolinyl, dihydrobenzofuranyl, dihydrobenzothienyl,
benzoxazolinonyl, and the like. Exemplary 6-membered heterocyclyl
groups fused to an aryl ring (also referred to herein as a
6,6-bicyclic heterocyclic ring) include, without limitation,
tetrahydroquinolinyl, tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, and the like.
[0077] Particular examples of heterocyclyl groups are shown in the
following illustrative examples:
##STR00028##
wherein each W is selected from CR.sup.67, C(R.sup.67).sub.2,
NR.sup.67, O, and S; and each Y is selected from NR.sup.67, O, and
S; and R.sup.67 is independently hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl. These heterocyclyl
rings may be optionally substituted with one or more groups
selected from the group consisting of acyl, acylamino, acyloxy,
alkoxy, alkoxycarbonyl, alkoxycarbonylamino, amino, substituted
amino, aminocarbonyl (carbamoyl or amido), aminocarbonylamino,
aminosulfonyl, sulfonylamino, aryl, aryloxy, azido, carboxyl,
cyano, cycloalkyl, halogen, hydroxy, keto, nitro, thiol, --S-alkyl,
--S-aryl, --S(O)-alkyl, --S(O)-aryl, --S(O).sub.2-alkyl, and
--S(O).sub.2-aryl. Substituting groups include carbonyl or
thiocarbonyl which provide, for example, lactam and urea
derivatives.
[0078] "Hetero" when used to describe a compound or a group present
on a compound means that one or more carbon atoms in the compound
or group have been replaced by a nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur
heteroatom. Hetero may be applied to any of the hydrocarbyl groups
described above such as alkyl, e.g., heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, e.g.,
heterocyclyl, aryl, e.g. heteroaryl, cycloalkenyl, e.g.
cycloheteroalkenyl, and the like having from 1 to 5, and
particularly from 1 to 3 heteroatoms.
[0079] "Acyl" refers to a radical --C(O)R.sup.20, where R.sup.20 is
hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, as defined herein.
"Alkanoyl" is an acyl group wherein R.sup.20 is a group other than
hydrogen. Representative acyl groups include, but are not limited
to, formyl (--CHO), acetyl (--C(.dbd.O)CH.sub.3),
cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl
(--C(.dbd.O)Ph), benzyl carbonyl (--C(.dbd.O)CH.sub.2Ph),
--C(O)--C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
--C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl),
--C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(5-10 membered heteroaryl),
--C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl), and
--C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is
an integer from 0 to 4. In certain embodiments, R.sup.21 is
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy; or
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0080] "Acylamino" refers to a radical --NR.sup.22C(O)R.sup.23,
where each instance of R.sup.22 and R23 is independently hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, as defined herein, or R.sup.22 is an
amino protecting group. Exemplary "acylamino" groups include, but
are not limited to, formylamino, acetylamino,
cyclohexylcarbonylamino, cyclohexylmethyl-carbonylamino,
benzoylamino and benzylcarbonylamino. Particular exemplary
"acylamino" groups are --NR.sup.24C(O)--C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
--NR.sup.24C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl),
--NR.sup.24C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(5-10 membered heteroaryl),
--NR.sup.24C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl), and
--NR.sup.24C(O)--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl),
wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, and each R.sup.24
independently represents H or C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.Z5 is H, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted with
halo or hydroxy; C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered
heteroaryl or heteroaryl alkyl, each of which is substituted with
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; and R.sup.26 is H,
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy;
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
haloalkoxy or hydroxyl; provided at least one of R.sup.Z5 and
R.sup.26 is other than H.
[0081] "Acyloxy" refers to a radical --OC(O)R.sup.27, where
R.sup.27 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, as defined herein.
Representative examples include, but are not limited to, formyl,
acetyl, cyclohexylcarbonyl, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl, benzoyl and
benzyl carbonyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.28 is
C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted with halo or hydroxy;
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, arylalkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or
heteroarylalkyl, each of which is substituted with unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0082] "Alkoxy" refers to the group --OR.sup.29 where R.sup.29 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl. Particular alkoxy groups are methoxy,
ethoxy, n-propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, tert-butoxy, sec-butoxy,
n-pentoxy, n-hexoxy, and 1,2-dimethylbutoxy. Particular alkoxy
groups are lower alkoxy, i.e. with between 1 and 6 carbon atoms.
Further particular alkoxy groups have between 1 and 4 carbon
atoms.
[0083] In certain embodiments, R.sup.29 is a group that has 1 or
more substituents, for instance from 1 to 5 substituents, and
particularly from 1 to 3 substituents, in particular 1 substituent,
selected from the group consisting of amino, substituted amino,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, aryloxy, carboxyl, cyano, C.sub.3-C.sub.10
cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, halogen, 5-10 membered
heteroaryl, hydroxyl, nitro, thioalkoxy, thioaryloxy, thiol,
alkyl-S(O)--, aryl-S(O)--, alkyl-S(O).sub.2-- and
aryl-S(O).sub.2--. Exemplary `substituted alkoxy` groups include,
but are not limited to, --O--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.6-C.sub.10
aryl), --O--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(5-10 membered heteroaryl),
--O--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl), and
--O--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an
integer from 0 to 4 and any aryl, heteroaryl, cycloalkyl or
heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be substituted by
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. Particular exemplary
`substituted alkoxy` groups are --OCF.sub.3, --OCH.sub.2CF.sub.3,
--OCH.sub.2Ph, --OCH.sub.2-cyclopropyl, --OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2OH, and
--OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2NMe.sub.2.
[0084] "Amino" refers to the radical --NH.sub.2.
[0085] "Substituted amino" refers to an amino group of the formula
--N(R.sup.38).sub.2 wherein R.sup.38 is hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or
an amino protecting group, wherein at least one of R.sup.38 is not
a hydrogen. In certain embodiments, each R.sup.38 is independently
selected from hydrogen, C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.8
alkenyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.8 alkynyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, 5-10
membered heteroaryl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl, or
C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl; or C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl, substituted
with halo or hydroxy; C.sub.3-C.sub.8 alkenyl, substituted with
halo or hydroxy; C.sub.3-C.sub.8 alkynyl, substituted with halo or
hydroxy, or --(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl),
--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(5-10 membered heteroaryl),
--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl), or
--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein t is an
integer between 0 and 8, each of which is substituted by
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; or both R.sup.38 groups are
joined to form an alkylene group.
[0086] Exemplary "substituted amino" groups include, but are not
limited to, --NR.sup.39--C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
--NR.sup.39--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl),
--NR.sup.39--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(5-10 membered heteroaryl),
--NR.sup.39--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl), and
--NR.sup.39--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl), wherein
t is an integer from 0 to 4, for instance 1 or 2, each R.sup.39
independently represents H or C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl; and any alkyl
groups present, may themselves be substituted by halo, substituted
or unsubstituted amino, or hydroxy; and any aryl, heteroaryl,
cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be
substituted by unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
haloalkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy. For the
avoidance of doubt the term `substituted amino` includes the groups
alkylamino, substituted alkylamino, alkylarylamino, substituted
alkylarylamino, arylamino, substituted arylamino, dialkylamino, and
substituted dialkylamino as defined below. Substituted amino
encompasses both monosubstituted amino and disubstituted amino
groups.
[0087] "Azido" refers to the radical --N.sub.3.
[0088] "Carbamoyl" or "amido" refers to the radical
--C(O)NH.sub.2.
[0089] "Substituted carbamoyl" or "substituted amido" refers to the
radical --C(O)N(R.sup.62).sub.2 wherein each R.sup.62 is
independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an amino protecting
group, wherein at least one of R.sup.62 is not a hydrogen. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.62 is selected from H, C.sub.1-C.sub.8
alkyl, C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered heterocyclyl,
C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, and
heteroaralkyl; or C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl substituted with halo or
hydroxy; or C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl, 4-10 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl, aralkyl, 5-10 membered
heteroaryl, or heteroaralkyl, each of which is substituted by
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo, unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkyl,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy; provided that at least one
R.sup.62 is other than H.
[0090] Exemplary "substituted carbamoyl" groups include, but are
not limited to, --C(O) NR.sup.64--C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl,
--C(O)NR.sup.64--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.6-C.sub.10 aryl),
--C(O)N.sup.64--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(5-10 membered heteroaryl),
--C(O)NR.sup.64--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(C.sub.3-C.sub.10 cycloalkyl), and
--C(O)NR.sup.64--(CH.sub.2).sub.t(4-10 membered heterocyclyl),
wherein t is an integer from 0 to 4, each R.sup.64 independently
represents H or C.sub.1-C.sub.8 alkyl and any aryl, heteroaryl,
cycloalkyl or heterocyclyl groups present, may themselves be
substituted by unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkyl, halo,
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkoxy, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4
haloalkyl, unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 hydroxyalkyl, or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.4 haloalkoxy or hydroxy.
[0091] "Carboxy" refers to the radical --C(O)OH.
[0092] "Cyano" refers to the radical --CN.
[0093] "Halo" or "halogen" refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo
(Br), and iodo (I). In certain embodiments, the halo group is
either fluoro or chloro.
[0094] "Hydroxy" refers to the radical --OH.
[0095] "Nitro" refers to the radical --NO.sub.2.
[0096] "Cycloalkylalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical in which the
alkyl group is substituted with a cycloalkyl group. Typical
cycloalkylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to,
cyclopropylmethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl,
cyclohexylmethyl, cycloheptylmethyl, cyclooctylmethyl,
cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylethyl, cyclopentylethyl,
cyclohexylethyl, cycloheptylethyl, and cyclooctylethyl, and the
like.
[0097] "Heterocyclylalkyl" refers to an alkyl radical in which the
alkyl group is substituted with a heterocyclyl group. Typical
heterocyclylalkyl groups include, but are not limited to,
pyrrolidinylmethyl, piperidinylmethyl, piperazinylmethyl,
morpholinylmethyl, pyrrolidinylethyl, piperidinylethyl,
piperazinylethyl, morpholinylethyl, and the like.
[0098] "Cycloalkenyl" refers to substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl group having from 3 to 10 carbon atoms and having a
single cyclic ring or multiple condensed rings, including fused and
bridged ring systems and having at least one and particularly from
1 to 2 sites of olefinic unsaturation. Such cycloalkenyl groups
include, by way of example, single ring structures such as
cyclohexenyl, cyclopentenyl, cyclopropenyl, and the like.
[0099] "Fused cycloalkenyl" refers to a cycloalkenyl having two of
its ring carbon atoms in common with a second aliphatic or aromatic
ring and having its olefinic unsaturation located to impart
aromaticity to the cycloalkenyl ring.
[0100] "Ethenyl" refers to substituted or unsubstituted
--(C.dbd.C)--.
[0101] "Ethylene" refers to substituted or unsubstituted
--(C--C)--.
[0102] "Ethynyl" refers to --(C.dbd.C)--.
[0103] "Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl" group means a 4- to
7-membered non-aromatic cyclic group containing at least one
nitrogen atom, for example, but without limitation, morpholine,
piperidine (e.g. 2-piperidinyl, 3-piperidinyl and 4-piperidinyl),
pyrrolidine (e.g. 2-pyrrolidinyl and 3-pyrrolidinyl), azetidine,
pyrrolidone, imidazoline, imidazolidinone, 2-pyrazoline,
pyrazolidine, piperazine, and N-alkyl piperazines such as N-methyl
piperazine. Particular examples include azetidine, piperidone and
piperazine.
[0104] "Thioketo" refers to the group .dbd.S.
[0105] Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl,
and heteroaryl groups, as defined herein, are optionally
substituted (e.g., "substituted" or "unsubstituted" alkyl,
"substituted" or "unsubstituted" alkenyl, "substituted" or
"unsubstituted" alkynyl, "substituted" or "unsubstituted"
carbocyclyl, "substituted" or "unsubstituted" heterocyclyl,
"substituted" or "unsubstituted" aryl or "substituted" or
"unsubstituted" heteroaryl group). In general, the term
"substituted", whether preceded by the term "optionally" or not,
means that at least one hydrogen present on a group (e.g., a carbon
or nitrogen atom) is replaced with a permissible substituent, e.g.,
a substituent which upon substitution results in a stable compound,
e.g., a compound which does not spontaneously undergo
transformation such as by rearrangement, cyclization, elimination,
or other reaction. Unless otherwise indicated, a "substituted"
group has a substituent at one or more substitutable positions of
the group, and when more than one position in any given structure
is substituted, the substituent is either the same or different at
each position. The term "substituted" is contemplated to include
substitution with all permissible substituents of organic
compounds, any of the substituents described herein that results in
the formation of a stable compound. The present invention
contemplates any and all such combinations in order to arrive at a
stable compound. For purposes of this invention, heteroatoms such
as nitrogen may have hydrogen substituents and/or any suitable
substituent as described herein which satisfy the valencies of the
heteroatoms and results in the formation of a stable moiety.
[0106] Exemplary carbon atom substituents include, but are not
limited to, halogen, --CN, --NO.sub.2, --N.sub.3, --SO.sub.2H,
--SO.sub.3H, --OH, --OR.sup.aa, --ON(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --N(R.sup.bb).sub.3.sup.+X.sup.-,
--N(OR.sup.cc)R.sup.bb, --SH, --SR.sup.aa, --SSR.sup.cc,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --CO.sub.2H, --CHO, --C(OR.sup.cc).sub.2,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --OCO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--NR.sup.bbC(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --NR.sup.bbCO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--NR.sup.bbC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)OR.sup.aa, --OC(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)R.sup.aa,
--OC(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)OR.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--OC(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--NR.sup.bbC(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--C(.dbd.O)NR.sup.bbSO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --NR.sup.bbSO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.aa, --OSO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa,
--OS(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --Si(R.sup.aa).sub.3,
--OSi(R.sup.aa).sub.3--C(.dbd.S)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.S)SR.sup.aa, --SC(.dbd.S)SR.sup.aa,
--SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.aa, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.aa,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.aa, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa, --OP(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa,
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.aa).sub.2, --OP(.dbd.O)(R.sup.aa).sub.2,
--OP(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--OP(.dbd.O).sub.2N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.bb).sub.2,
--OP(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.bb).sub.2,
--NR.sup.bbP(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.cc).sub.2,
--NR.sup.bbP(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.bb).sub.2, --P(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--P(R.sup.cc).sub.3, --OP(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --OP(R.sup.cc).sub.3,
--B(R.sup.aa).sub.2, --B(OR.sup.cc).sub.2, --BR.sup.aa(OR.sup.cc),
C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.1-10 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-10 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl,
wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3,
4, or 5 R.sup.dd groups;
[0107] or two geminal hydrogens on a carbon atom are replaced with
the group .dbd.O, .dbd.S, .dbd.NN(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
.dbd.NNR.sup.bbC(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa,
.dbd.NNR.sup.bbC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.aa,
.dbd.NNR.sup.bbS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa, .dbd.NR.sup.bb, or
.dbd.NOR.sup.cc;
[0108] each instance of R.sup.aa is, independently, selected from
C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.1-10 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-10 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two
R.sup.aa groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or
5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is
independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R.sup.dd
groups;
[0109] each instance of R.sup.bb is, independently, selected from
hydrogen, --OH, --OR.sup.aa, --N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --CN,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --SO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)OR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.cc,
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.cc, --SOR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.S)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.cc, --C(.dbd.S)SR.sup.cc,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa, --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.aa).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.cc).sub.2,
C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.1-10 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-10 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two
R.sup.bb groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or
5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is
independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R.sup.dd
groups;
[0110] each instance of R.sup.cc is, independently, selected from
hydrogen, C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.1-10 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-10
alkenyl, C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two
R.sup.cc groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or
5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is
independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R.sup.dd
groups;
[0111] each instance of R.sup.dd is, independently, selected from
halogen, --CN, --NO.sub.2, --N.sub.3, --SO.sub.2H, --SO.sub.3H,
--OH, --OR.sup.ee, --ON(R.sup.ff).sub.2, --N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--N(R.sup.ff).sub.3.sup.+X.sup.-, --N(OR.sup.ee)R.sup.ff, --SH,
--SR.sup.ee, --SSR.sup.ee, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.ee, --CO.sub.2H,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.ee, --OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.ee, --OCO.sub.2R.sup.ee,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2, --OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--NR.sup.ffC(.dbd.O)R.sup.ee, --NR.sup.ffCO.sub.2R.sup.ee,
--NR.sup.ffC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.ff)OR.sup.ee, --OC(.dbd.NR.sup.ff)R.sup.ee,
--OC(.dbd.NR.sup.ff)OR.sup.ee,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.ff)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--OC(.dbd.NR.sup.ff)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--NR.sup.ffC(.dbd.NR.sup.ff)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--NR.sup.ffSO.sub.2R.sup.ee, --SO.sub.2N(R.sup.ff).sub.2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.ee, --SO.sub.2OR.sup.ee, --OSO.sub.2R.sup.ee,
--S(.dbd.O)R.sup.ee, --Si(R.sup.ee).sub.3, --OSi(R.sup.ee).sub.3,
--C(.dbd.S)N(R.sup.ff).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.ee,
--C(.dbd.S)SR.sup.ee, --SC(.dbd.S)SR.sup.ee,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.ee, --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.ee).sub.2,
--OP(.dbd.O)(R.sup.ee).sub.2, --OP(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.ee).sub.2,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-6 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-6 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein
each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and
heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
R.sup.gg groups, or two geminal R.sup.dd substituents can be joined
to form .dbd.O or .dbd.S;
[0112] each instance of R.sup.ee is, independently, selected from
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-6 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-6 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, C.sub.6-10 aryl, 3-10
membered heterocyclyl, and 3-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein each
alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and
heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5
R.sup.gg groups;
[0113] each instance of R.sup.ff is, independently, selected from
hydrogen, C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-6
alkenyl, C.sub.2-6 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-10 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-10 aryl and 5-10 membered heteroaryl, or two
R.sup.ff groups are joined to form a 3-14 membered heterocyclyl or
5-14 membered heteroaryl ring, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is
independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R.sup.gg groups;
and
[0114] each instance of R.sup.gg is, independently, halogen, --CN,
--NO.sub.2, --N.sub.3, --SO.sub.2H, --SO.sub.3H, --OH, --OC.sub.1-6
alkyl, --ON(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2, --N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2,
--N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.3.sup.+X.sup.-, --NH(C.sub.1-6,
alkyl).sub.2.sup.+X.sup.-, --NH.sub.2(C.sub.1-6
alkyl).sup.+X.sup.-, --NH.sub.3.sup.+X.sup.-, --N(OC.sub.1-6
alkyl)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --N(OH)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --NH(OH), --SH,
--SC.sub.1-6 alkyl, --SS(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --C(.dbd.O)(C.sub.1-6
alkyl), --CO.sub.2H, --CO.sub.2(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--OC(.dbd.O)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --OCO.sub.2(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--C(.dbd.O)NH.sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2,
--OC(.dbd.O)NH(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --NHC(.dbd.O)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl)C(.dbd.O)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--NHCO.sub.2(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --NHC(.dbd.O)N(C.sub.1-6
alkyl).sub.2, --NHC(.dbd.O)NH(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--NHC(.dbd.O)NH.sub.2, --C(.dbd.NH)O(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--OC(.dbd.NH)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --OC(.dbd.NH)OC.sub.1-6 alkyl,
--C(.dbd.NH)N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2, --C(.dbd.NH)NH(C.sub.1-6
alkyl), --C(.dbd.NH)NH.sub.2, --OC(.dbd.NH)N(C.sub.1-6
alkyl).sub.2, --OC(NH)NH(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --OC(NH)NH.sub.2,
--NHC(NH)N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2, --NHC(.dbd.NH)NH.sub.2,
--NHSO.sub.2(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --SO.sub.2N(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2,
--SO.sub.2NH(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --SO.sub.2NH.sub.2,
--SO.sub.1C.sub.1-6 alkyl, --SO.sub.2OC.sub.1-6 alkyl,
--OSO.sub.2C.sub.1-6 alkyl, --SOC.sub.1-6 alkyl, --Si(C.sub.1-6
alkyl).sub.3, --OSi(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.3-C(.dbd.S)N(C.sub.1-6
alkyl).sub.2, C(.dbd.S)NH(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), C(.dbd.S)NH.sub.2,
--C(.dbd.O)S(C.sub.1-6 alkyl), --C(.dbd.S)SC.sub.1-6 alkyl,
--SC(.dbd.S)SC.sub.1-6 alkyl, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2(C.sub.1-6 alkyl),
--P(.dbd.O)(C.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2, --OP(.dbd.O)(C.sub.1-6
alkyl).sub.2, --OP(.dbd.O)(OC.sub.1-6 alkyl).sub.2, C.sub.1-6
alkyl, C.sub.1-6 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-6 alkenyl, C.sub.2-6
alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, C.sub.6-10 aryl, 3-10 membered
heterocyclyl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl; or two geminal R.sup.gg
substituents can be joined to form .dbd.O or .dbd.S; wherein
X.sup.- is a counterion.
[0115] A "counterion" or "anionic counterion" is a negatively
charged group associated with a cationic quaternary amino group in
order to maintain electronic neutrality. Exemplary counterions
include halide ions (e.g., F.sup.-, Cl.sup.-, Br.sup.-, I.sup.-),
NO.sub.3.sup.-, ClO.sub.4.sup.-, OH.sup.-, H.sub.2PO.sub.4.sup.-,
HSO.sub.4.sup.-, sulfonate ions (e.g., methanesulfonate,
trifluoromethanesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, benzenesulfonate,
10-camphor sulfonate, naphthalene-2-sulfonate,
naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid-5-sulfonate, ethan-1-sulfonic
acid-2-sulfonate, and the like), and carboxylate ions (e.g.,
acetate, ethanoate, propanoate, benzoate, glycerate, lactate,
tartrate, glycolate, and the like).
[0116] Nitrogen atoms can be substituted or unsubstituted as
valency permits, and include primary, secondary, tertiary, and
quaternary nitrogen atoms. Exemplary nitrogen atom substitutents
include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, --OH, --OR.sup.aa,
--N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --CN, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --CO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)OR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --SO.sub.2R.sup.cc,
--SO.sub.2OR.sup.cc, --SOR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.S)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.cc, --C(.dbd.S)SR.sup.cc,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa, --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.aa).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.cc).sub.2,
C.sub.1-10 alkyl, C.sub.1-10 perhaloalkyl, C.sub.2-10 alkenyl,
C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10 carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered
heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-14 aryl, and 5-14 membered heteroaryl, or two
R.sup.cc groups attached to a nitrogen atom are joined to form a
3-14 membered heterocyclyl or 5-14 membered heteroaryl ring,
wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl,
aryl, and heteroaryl is independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3,
4, or 5 R.sup.dd groups, and wherein R.sup.aa, R.sup.bb, R.sup.cc
and R.sup.dd are as defined above.
[0117] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on a
nitrogen atom is an amino protecting group (also referred to herein
as a nitrogen protecting group). Amino protecting groups include,
but are not limited to, --OH, --OR.sup.aa, --N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--CO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --SO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)R.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)OR.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.cc)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --SO.sub.2N(R.sup.cc).sub.2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.cc, --SO.sub.2OR.sup.cc, --SOR.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.S)N(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.cc,
--C(.dbd.S)SR.sup.cc, C.sub.1-10 alkyl (e.g., aralkyl,
heteroaralkyl), C.sub.2-10 alkenyl, C.sub.2-10 alkynyl, C.sub.3-10
carbocyclyl, 3-14 membered heterocyclyl, C.sub.6-14 aryl, and 5-14
membered heteroaryl groups, wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl,
carbocyclyl, heterocyclyl, aralkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is
independently substituted with 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 R.sup.dd groups,
and wherein R.sup.aa, R.sup.bb, R.sup.cc and R.sup.dd are as
defined herein. Amino protecting groups are well known in the art
and include those described in detail in Protecting Groups in
Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, 3.sup.rd
edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated herein by
reference.
[0118] For example, amino protecting groups such as amide groups
(e.g., --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa) include, but are not limited to,
formamide, acetamide, chloroacetamide, trichloroacetamide,
trifluoroacetamide, phenylacetamide, 3-phenylpropanamide,
picolinamide, 3-pyridylcarboxamide, N-benzoylphenylalanyl
derivative, benzamide, p-phenylbenzamide, o-nitophenylacetamide,
o-nitrophenoxyacetamide, acetoacetamide,
(N'-dithiobenzyloxyacylamino)acetamide,
3-(p-hydroxyphenyl)propanamide, 3-(o-nitrophenyl)propanamide,
2-methyl-2-(o-nitrophenoxy)propanamide,
2-methyl-2-(o-phenylazophenoxy)propanamide, 4-chlorobutanamide,
3-methyl-3-nitrobutanamide, o-nitrocinnamide, N-acetylmethionine
derivative, o-nitrobenzamide and o-(benzoyloxymethyl)benzamide.
[0119] Amino protecting groups such as carbamate groups (e.g.,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.aa) include, but are not limited to, methyl
carbamate, ethyl carbamante, 9-fluorenylmethyl carbamate (Fmoc),
9-(2-sulfo)fluorenylmethyl carbamate,
9-(2,7-dibromo)fluoroenylmethyl carbamate,
2,7-di-t-butyl-[9-(10,10-dioxo-10,10,10,10-tetrahydrothioxanthyl)]methyl
carbamate (DBD-Tmoc), 4-methoxyphenacyl carbamate (Phenoc),
2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate (Troc), 2-trimethylsilylethyl
carbamate (Teoc), 2-phenylethyl carbamate (hZ),
1-(1-adamantyl)-1-methylethyl carbamate (Adpoc),
1,1-dimethyl-2-haloethyl carbamate, 1,1-dimethyl-2,2-dibromoethyl
carbamate (DB-t-BOC), 1,1-dimethyl-2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbamate
(TCBOC), 1-methyl-1-(4-biphenylyl)ethyl carbamate (Bpoc),
1-(3,5-di-t-butylphenyl)-1-methylethyl carbamate (t-Bumeoc), 2-(2'-
and 4'-pyridyl)ethyl carbamate (Pyoc),
2-(N,N-dicyclohexylcarboxamido)ethyl carbamate, t-butyl carbamate
(BOC), 1-adamantyl carbamate (Adoc), vinyl carbamate (Voc), allyl
carbamate (Alloc), 1-isopropylallyl carbamate (Ipaoc), cinnamyl
carbamate (Coc), 4-nitrocinnamyl carbamate (Noc), 8-quinolyl
carbamate, N-hydroxypiperidinyl carbamate, alkyldithio carbamate,
benzyl carbamate (Cbz), p-methoxybenzyl carbamate (Moz),
p-nitrobenzyl carbamate, p-bromobenzyl carbamate, p-chlorobenzyl
carbamate, 2,4-dichlorobenzyl carbamate, 4-methylsulfinylbenzyl
carbamate (Msz), 9-anthrylmethyl carbamate, diphenylmethyl
carbamate, 2-methylthioethyl carbamate, 2-methylsulfonylethyl
carbamate, 2-(p-toluenesulfonyl)ethyl carbamate,
[2-(1,3-dithianyl)]methyl carbamate (Dmoc), 4-methylthiophenyl
carbamate (Mtpc), 2,4-dimethylthiophenyl carbamate (Bmpc),
2-phosphonioethyl carbamate (Peoc), 2-triphenylphosphonioisopropyl
carbamate (Ppoc), 1,1-dimethyl-2-cyanoethyl carbamate,
w-chloro-p-acyloxybenzyl carbamate, p-(dihydroxyboryl)benzyl
carbamate, 5-benzisoxazolylmethyl carbamate,
2-(trifluoromethyl)-6-chromonylmethyl carbamate (Tcroc),
w-nitrophenyl carbamate, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyl carbamate,
o-nitrobenzyl carbamate, 3,4-dimethoxy-6-nitrobenzyl carbamate,
phenyl(o-nitrophenyl)methyl carbamate, t-amyl carbamate, S-benzyl
thiocarbamate, p-cyanobenzyl carbamate, cyclobutyl carbamate,
cyclohexyl carbamate, cyclopentyl carbamate, cyclopropylmethyl
carbamate, p-decyloxybenzyl carbamate, 2,2-dimethoxyacylvinyl
carbamate, o-(N,N-dimethylcarboxamido)benzyl carbamate,
1,1-dimethyl-3-(N,N-dimethylcarboxamido)propyl carbamate,
1,1-dimethylpropynyl carbamate, di(2-pyridyl)methyl carbamate,
2-furanylmethyl carbamate, 2-iodoethyl carbamate, isobornyl
carbamate, isobutyl carbamate, isonicotinyl carbamate,
p-(p'-methoxyphenylazo)benzyl carbamate, 1-methylcyclobutyl
carbamate, 1-methylcyclohexyl carbamate,
1-methyl-1-cyclopropylmethyl carbamate,
1-methyl-1-(3,5-dimethoxyphenyl)ethyl carbamate,
1-methyl-1-(p-phenylazophenyl)ethyl carbamate,
1-methyl-1-phenylethyl carbamate, 1-methyl-1-(4-pyridyl)ethyl
carbamate, phenyl carbamate, p-(phenylazo)benzyl carbamate,
2,4,6-tri-t-butyl phenyl carbamate, 4-(trimethylammonium)benzyl
carbamate, and 2,4,6-trimethylbenzyl carbamate.
[0120] Amino protecting groups such as sulfonamide groups (e.g.,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa) include, but are not limited to,
p-toluenesulfonamide (Ts), benzenesulfonamide,
2,3,6,-trimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtr),
2,4,6-trimethoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mtb),
2,6-dimethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Pme),
2,3,5,6-tetramethyl-4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mte),
4-methoxybenzenesulfonamide (Mbs),
2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonamide (Mts),
2,6-dimethoxy-4-methylbenzenesulfonamide (iMds),
2,2,5,7,8-pentamethylchroman-6-sulfonamide (Pmc),
methanesulfonamide (Ms), .beta.-trimethylsilylethanesulfonamide
(SES), 9-anthracenesulfonamide,
4-(4',8'-dimethoxynaphthylmethyl)benzenesulfonamide (DNMBS),
benzylsulfonamide, trifluoromethylsulfonamide, and
phenacylsulfonamide.
[0121] Other amino protecting groups include, but are not limited
to, phenothiazinyl-(10)-acyl derivative,
N'-p-toluenesulfonylaminoacyl derivative, N'-phenylaminothioacyl
derivative, N-benzoylphenylalanyl derivative, N-acetylmethionine
derivative, 4,5-diphenyl-3-oxazolin-2-one, N-phthalimide,
N-dithiasuccinimide (Dts), N-2,3-diphenylmaleimide,
N-2,5-dimethylpyrrole, N-1,1,4,4-tetramethyldisilylazacyclopentane
adduct (STABASE), 5-substituted
1,3-dimethyl-1,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 5-substituted
1,3-dibenzyl-1,3,5-triazacyclohexan-2-one, 1-substituted
3,5-dinitro-4-pyridone, N-methylamine, N-allylamine,
N-[2-(trimethyl silyl)ethoxy]methylamine (SEM),
N-3-acetoxypropylamine, N
(1-isopropyl-4-nitro-2-oxo-3-pyroolin-3-yl)amine, quaternary
ammonium salts, N-benzylamine, N-di(4-methoxyphenyl)methylamine,
N-5-dibenzosuberylamine, N-triphenylmethylamine (Tr),
N-[(4-methoxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl]amine (MMTr),
N-9-phenylfluorenylamine (PhF),
N-2,7-dichloro-9-fluorenylmethyleneamine, N-ferrocenylmethylamino
(Fcm), N-2-picolyl amino N-oxide, N-1,1-dimethylthiomethyleneamine,
N-benzylideneamine, N-p-methoxybenzylideneamine,
N-diphenylmethyleneamine, N-[(2-pyridyl)mesityl]methyleneamine,
N--(N',N'-dimethylaminomethylene)amine, N,
N'-isopropylidenediamine, N-p-nitrobenzylideneamine,
N-salicylideneamine, N-5-chlorosalicylideneamine,
N-(5-chloro-2-hydroxyphenyl)phenylmethyleneamine,
N-cyclohexylideneamine, N-(5,5-dimethyl-3-oxo-1-cyclohexenyl)amine,
N-borane derivative, N-diphenylborinic acid derivative,
N-[phenyl(pentaacylchromium- or tungsten)acyl]amine, N-copper
chelate, N-zinc chelate, N-nitroamine, N-nitrosoamine, amine
N-oxide, diphenylphosphinamide (Dpp), dimethylthiophosphinamide
(Mpt), diphenylthiophosphinamide (Ppt), dialkyl phosphoramidates,
dibenzyl phosphoramidate, diphenyl phosphoramidate,
benzenesulfenamide, o-nitrobenzenesulfenamide (Nps),
2,4-dinitrobenzenesulfenamide, pentachlorobenzenesulfenamide,
2-nitro-4-methoxybenzenesulfenamide, triphenylmethylsulfenamide,
and 3-nitropyridinesulfenamide (Npys).
[0122] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on an oxygen
atom is an oxygen protecting group (also referred to as a hydroxyl
protecting group). Oxygen protecting groups include, but are not
limited to, --R.sup.aa, --N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --CO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)OR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--S(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --SO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --Si(R.sup.aa).sub.3,
--P(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(R.sup.cc).sub.3,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa, --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.aa).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
and --P(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.bb).sub.2, wherein R.sup.aa, R.sup.bb, and
R.sup.cc are as defined herein. Oxygen protecting groups are well
known in the art and include those described in detail in
Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M.
Wuts, 3.sup.rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated
herein by reference.
[0123] Exemplary oxygen protecting groups include, but are not
limited to, methyl, methoxylmethyl (MOM), methylthiomethyl (MTM),
t-butylthiomethyl, (phenyldimethylsilyl)methoxymethyl (SMOM),
benzyloxymethyl (BOM), p-methoxybenzyloxymethyl (PMBM),
(4-methoxyphenoxy)methyl (p-AOM), guaiacolmethyl (GUM),
t-butoxymethyl, 4-pentenyloxymethyl (POM), siloxymethyl,
2-methoxyethoxymethyl (MEM), 2,2,2-trichloroethoxymethyl,
bis(2-chloroethoxy)methyl, 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEMOR),
tetrahydropyranyl (THP), 3-bromotetrahydropyranyl,
tetrahydrothiopyranyl, 1-m ethoxy cyclohexyl,
4-methoxytetrahydropyranyl (MTHP), 4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl,
4-methoxytetrahydrothiopyranyl S,S-dioxide,
1-[(2-chloro-4-methyl)phenyl]-4-methoxypiperidin-4-yl (CTMP),
1,4-dioxan-2-yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothiofuranyl,
2,3,3a,4,5,6,7,7a-octahydro-7,8,8-trimethyl-4,7-methanobenzofuran-2-yl,
1-ethoxyethyl, l-(2-chloroethoxy)ethyl, 1-methyl-1-methoxyethyl,
1-methyl-1-benzyloxyethyl, 1-methyl-1-benzyloxy-2-fluoroethyl,
2,2,2-trichloroethyl, 2-trimethylsilylethyl,
2-(phenylselenyl)ethyl, t-butyl, allyl, p-chlorophenyl,
p-methoxyphenyl, 2,4-dinitrophenyl, benzyl (Bn), p-methoxybenzyl,
3,4-dimethoxybenzyl, o-nitrobenzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, p-halobenzyl,
2,6-dichlorobenzyl, p-cyanobenzyl, p-phenylbenzyl, 2-picolyl,
4-picolyl, 3-methyl-2-picolyl N-oxido, diphenylmethyl,
p,p'-dinitrobenzhydryl, 5-dibenzosuberyl, triphenylmethyl,
.alpha.-naphthyl diphenylmethyl, p-methoxyphenyl diphenyl methyl,
di(p-methoxyphenyl)phenylmethyl, tri(p-methoxyphenyl)methyl,
4-(4'-bromophenacyloxyphenyl)diphenylmethyl,
4,4',4''-tris(4,5-dichlorophthalimidophenyl)methyl,
4,4',4''-tris(levulinoyloxyphenyl)methyl,
4,4',4''-tris(benzoyloxyphenyl)methyl,
3-(imidazol-1-yl)bis(4',4''-dimethoxyphenyl)methyl,
1,1-bis(4-methoxyphenyl)-1'-pyrenylmethyl, 9-anthryl,
9-(9-phenyl)xanthenyl, 9-(9-phenyl-10-oxo)anthryl,
1,3-benzodisulfuran-2-yl, benzisothiazolyl S,S-dioxido,
trimethylsilyl (TMS), triethylsilyl (TES), triisopropyl silyl
(TIPS), dimethylisopropyl silyl (IPDMS), diethylisopropylsilyl
(DEIPS), dimethylthexylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl (TBDMS),
t-butyldiphenylsilyl (TBDPS), tribenzylsilyl, tri-p-xylylsilyl,
triphenylsilyl, diphenylmethyl silyl (DPMS),
t-butylmethoxyphenylsilyl (TBMPS), formate, benzoylformate,
acetate, chloroacetate, dichloroacetate, trichloroacetate,
trifluoroacetate, methoxyacetate, triphenylmethoxyacetate,
phenoxyacetate, p-chlorophenoxy acetate, 3-phenylpropionate,
4-oxopentanoate (levulinate), 4,4-(ethylenedithio)pentanoate
(levulinoyldithioacetal), pivaloate, adamantoate, crotonate,
4-methoxycrotonate, benzoate, p-phenylbenzoate,
2,4,6-trimethylbenzoate (mesitoate), alkyl methyl carbonate,
9-fluorenylmethyl carbonate (Fmoc), alkyl ethyl carbonate, alkyl
2,2,2-trichloroethyl carbonate (Troc), 2-(trimethylsilyl)ethyl
carbonate (TMSEC), 2-(phenylsulfonyl) ethyl carbonate (Psec),
2-(triphenylphosphonio) ethyl carbonate (Peoc), alkyl isobutyl
carbonate, alkyl vinyl carbonate alkyl allyl carbonate, alkyl p
nitrophenyl carbonate, alkyl benzyl carbonate, alkyl
p-methoxybenzyl carbonate, alkyl 3,4-dimethoxybenzyl carbonate,
alkyl o-nitrobenzyl carbonate, alkyl p-nitrobenzyl carbonate, alkyl
S-benzyl thiocarbonate, 4-ethoxy-1-naphthyl carbonate, methyl
dithiocarbonate, 2-iodobenzoate, 4-azidobutyrate,
4-nitro-4-methylpentanoate, o-(dibromomethyl)benzoate,
2-formylbenzenesulfonate, 2-(methylthiomethoxy)ethyl,
4-(methylthiomethoxy)butyrate, 2-(methylthiomethoxymethyl)benzoate,
2,6-dichloro-4-methylphenoxyacetate,
2,6-dichloro-4-(1,1,3,3-tetramethylbutyl)phenoxyacetate,
2,4-bis(1,1-dimethylpropyl)phenoxyacetate, chlorodiphenylacetate,
isobutyrate, monosuccinoate, (E)-2-methyl-2-butenoate,
o-(methoxyacyl)benzoate, .alpha.-naphthoate, nitrate, alkyl
N,N,N',N'-tetramethylphosphorodiamidate, alkyl N-phenylcarbamate,
borate, dimethylphosphinothioyl, alkyl 2,4-dinitrophenylsulfenate,
sulfate, methanesulfonate (mesylate), benzylsulfonate, and tosylate
(Ts).
[0124] In certain embodiments, the substituent present on an sulfur
atom is an sulfur protecting group (also referred to as a thiol
protecting group). Sulfur protecting groups include, but are not
limited to, --R.sup.aa, --N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --CO.sub.2R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)R.sup.aa,
--C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)OR.sup.aa, --C(.dbd.NR.sup.bb)N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
--S(.dbd.O)R.sup.aa, --SO.sub.2R.sup.aa, --Si(R.sup.aa).sub.3,
--P(R.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(R.sup.cc).sub.3,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.aa, --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.aa).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.cc).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2N(R.sup.bb).sub.2,
and --P(.dbd.O)(NR.sup.bb).sub.2, wherein R.sup.aa, R.sup.bb, and
R.sup.cc are as defined herein. Sulfur protecting groups are well
known in the art and include those described in detail in
Protecting Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Greene and P. G. M.
Wuts, 3.sup.rd edition, John Wiley & Sons, 1999, incorporated
herein by reference.
[0125] "Compounds of the present invention", and equivalent
expressions, are meant to embrace the compounds as hereinbefore
described, in particular compounds according to any of the Formula
herein recited and/or described, which expression includes the
prodrugs, the pharmaceutically acceptable salts, and the solvates,
e.g., hydrates, where the context so permits. Similarly, reference
to intermediates, whether or not they themselves are claimed, is
meant to embrace their salts, and solvates, where the context so
permits.
[0126] These and other exemplary substituents are described in more
detail in the Detailed Description, Examples, and claims. The
invention is not intended to be limited in any manner by the above
exemplary listing of substituents.
Other Definitions
[0127] "Pharmaceutically acceptable" means approved or approvable
by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or the
corresponding agency in countries other than the United States, or
that is listed in the U.S. Pharmacopoeia or other generally
recognized pharmacopoeia for use in animals, and more particularly,
in humans.
[0128] "Pharmaceutically acceptable salt" refers to a salt of a
compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable and
that possesses the desired pharmacological activity of the parent
compound. In particular, such salts are non-toxic may be inorganic
or organic acid addition salts and base addition salts.
Specifically, such salts include: (1) acid addition salts, formed
with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid,
sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like; or
formed with organic acids such as acetic acid, propionic acid,
hexanoic acid, cyclopentanepropionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic
acid, lactic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, malic acid, maleic
acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid,
3-(4-hydroxybenzoyl) benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid,
methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, 1,2-ethane-disulfonic
acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid,
4-chlorobenzenesulfonic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid,
4-toluenesulfonic acid, camphorsulfonic acid,
4-methylbicyclo[2.2.2]-oct-2-ene-1-carboxylic acid, glucoheptonic
acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, trimethylacetic acid, tertiary
butylacetic acid, lauryl sulfuric acid, gluconic acid, glutamic
acid, hydroxynaphthoic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, muconic
acid, and the like; or (2) salts formed when an acidic proton
present in the parent compound either is replaced by a metal ion,
e.g., an alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth ion, or an aluminum
ion; or coordinates with an organic base such as ethanolamine,
diethanolamine, triethanolamine, N-methylglucamine and the like.
Salts further include, by way of example only, sodium, potassium,
calcium, magnesium, ammonium, tetraalkylammonium, and the like; and
when the compound contains a basic functionality, salts of non
toxic organic or inorganic acids, such as hydrochloride,
hydrobromide, tartrate, mesylate, acetate, maleate, oxalate and the
like. The term "pharmaceutically acceptable cation" refers to an
acceptable cationic counter-ion of an acidic functional group. Such
cations are exemplified by sodium, potassium, calcium, magnesium,
ammonium, tetraalkylammonium cations, and the like (see, e.g.,
Berge, et al., J. Pharm. Sci. 66(1): 1-79 (January ''77).
[0129] "Pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle" refers to a diluent,
adjuvant, excipient or carrier with which a compound of the
invention is administered.
[0130] "Pharmaceutically acceptable metabolically cleavable group"
refers to a group which is cleaved in vivo to yield the parent
molecule of the structural Formula indicated herein. Examples of
metabolically cleavable groups include --COR, --COOR, --CONRR and
--CH.sub.2OR radicals, where R is selected independently at each
occurrence from alkyl, trialkylsilyl, carbocyclic aryl or
carbocyclic aryl substituted with one or more of alkyl, halogen,
hydroxy or alkoxy. Specific examples of representative
metabolically cleavable groups include acetyl, methoxycarbonyl,
benzoyl, methoxymethyl and trimethyl silyl groups.
[0131] "Prodrugs" refers to compounds, including derivatives of the
compounds of the invention, which have cleavable groups and become
by solvolysis or under physiological conditions the compounds of
the invention which are pharmaceutically active in vivo. Such
examples include, but are not limited to, choline ester derivatives
and the like, N-alkylmorpholine esters and the like. Other
derivatives of the compounds of this invention have activity in
both their acid and acid derivative forms, but in the acid
sensitive form often offers advantages of solubility, tissue
compatibility, or delayed release in the mammalian organism (see,
Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs, pp. 7-9, 21-24, Elsevier,
Amsterdam 1985). Prodrugs include acid derivatives well know to
practitioners of the art, such as, for example, esters prepared by
reaction of the parent acid with a suitable alcohol, or amides
prepared by reaction of the parent acid compound with a substituted
or unsubstituted amine, or acid anhydrides, or mixed anhydrides.
Simple aliphatic or aromatic esters, amides and anhydrides derived
from acidic groups pendant on the compounds of this invention are
particular prodrugs. In some cases it is desirable to prepare
double ester type prodrugs such as (acyloxy)alkyl esters or
((alkoxycarbonyl)oxy)alkylesters. Particularly the C.sub.1 to
C.sub.8 alkyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkenyl, C.sub.2-C.sub.8 alkynyl,
aryl, C.sub.7-C.sub.12 substituted aryl, and C.sub.7-C.sub.12
arylalkyl esters of the compounds of the invention.
[0132] "Solvate" refers to forms of the compound that are
associated with a solvent or water (also referred to as "hydrate"),
usually by a solvolysis reaction. This physical association
includes hydrogen bonding. Conventional solvents include water,
ethanol, acetic acid and the like. The compounds of the invention
may be prepared e.g. in crystalline form and may be solvated or
hydrated. Suitable solvates include pharmaceutically acceptable
solvates, such as hydrates, and further include both stoichiometric
solvates and non-stoichiometric solvates. In certain instances the
solvate will be capable of isolation, for example when one or more
solvent molecules are incorporated in the crystal lattice of the
crystalline solid. "Solvate" encompasses both solution-phase and
isolable solvates. Representative solvates include hydrates,
ethanolates and methanolates.
[0133] A "subject" to which administration is contemplated
includes, but is not limited to, humans (i.e., a male or female of
any age group, e.g., a pediatric subject (e.g., infant, child,
adolescent) or adult subject (e.g., young adult, middle-aged adult
or senior adult)) and/or a non-human animal, e.g., a mammal such as
primates (e.g., cynomolgus monkeys, rhesus monkeys), cattle, pigs,
horses, sheep, goats, rodents, cats, and/or dogs. In certain
embodiments, the subject is a human. In certain embodiments, the
subject is a non-human animal. The terms "human," "patient," and
"subject" are used interchangeably herein.
[0134] An "effective amount" means the amount of a compound that,
when administered to a subject for treating or preventing a
disease, is sufficient to effect such treatment or prevention. The
"effective amount" can vary depending on the compound, the disease
and its severity, and the age, weight, etc., of the subject to be
treated. A "therapeutically effective amount" refers to the
effective amount for therapeutic treatment. A "prophylactically
effective amount" refers to the effective amount for prophylactic
treatment.
[0135] "Preventing" or "prevention" or "prophylactic treatment"
refers to a reduction in risk of acquiring or developing a disease
or disorder (i.e., causing at least one of the clinical symptoms of
the disease not to develop in a subject not yet exposed to a
disease-causing agent, or predisposed to the disease in advance of
disease onset.
[0136] The term "prophylaxis" is related to "prevention," and
refers to a measure or procedure the purpose of which is to
prevent, rather than to treat or cure a disease. Non-limiting
examples of prophylactic measures may include the administration of
vaccines; the administration of low molecular weight heparin to
hospital patients at risk for thrombosis due, for example, to
immobilization; and the administration of an anti-malarial agent
such as chloroquine, in advance of a visit to a geographical region
where malaria is endemic or the risk of contracting malaria is
high.
[0137] "Treating" or "treatment" or "therapeutic treatment" of any
disease or disorder refers, in one embodiment, to ameliorating the
disease or disorder (i.e., arresting the disease or reducing the
manifestation, extent or severity of at least one of the clinical
symptoms thereof). In another embodiment "treating" or "treatment"
refers to ameliorating at least one physical parameter, which may
not be discernible by the subject. In yet another embodiment,
"treating" or "treatment" refers to modulating the disease or
disorder, either physically, (e.g., stabilization of a discernible
symptom), physiologically, (e.g., stabilization of a physical
parameter), or both. In a further embodiment, "treating" or
"treatment" relates to slowing the progression of the disease.
[0138] As used herein, the term "isotopic variant" refers to a
compound that contains unnatural proportions of isotopes at one or
more of the atoms that constitute such compound. For example, an
"isotopic variant" of a compound can contain one or more
non-radioactive isotopes, such as for example, deuterium (.sup.2H
or D), carbon-13 (.sup.13C), nitrogen-15 (.sup.15N), or the like.
It will be understood that, in a compound where such isotopic
substitution is made, the following atoms, where present, may vary,
so that for example, any hydrogen may be .sup.2H/D, any carbon may
be .sup.13C, or any nitrogen may be .sup.15N, and that the presence
and placement of such atoms may be determined within the skill of
the art. Likewise, the invention may include the preparation of
isotopic variants with radioisotopes, in the instance for example,
where the resulting compounds may be used for drug and/or substrate
tissue distribution studies. The radioactive isotopes tritium,
i.e., .sup.3H, and carbon-14, i.e., .sup.14C, are particularly
useful for this purpose in view of their ease of incorporation and
ready means of detection. Further, compounds may be prepared that
are substituted with positron emitting isotopes, such as .sup.11C,
.sup.18F, .sup.15O and .sup.13N, and would be useful in Positron
Emission Topography (PET) studies for examining substrate receptor
occupancy. All isotopic variants of the compounds provided herein,
radioactive or not, are intended to be encompassed within the scope
of the invention.
[0139] It is also to be understood that compounds that have the
same molecular formula but differ in the nature or sequence of
bonding of their atoms or the arrangement of their atoms in space
are termed "isomers." Isomers that differ in the arrangement of
their atoms in space are termed "stereoisomers."
[0140] Stereoisomers that are not mirror images of one another are
termed "diastereomers" and those that are non-superimposable mirror
images of each other are termed "enantiomers." When a compound has
an asymmetric center, for example, it is bonded to four different
groups, a pair of enantiomers is possible. An enantiomer can be
characterized by the absolute configuration of its asymmetric
center and is described by the R- and S-sequencing rules of Cahn
and Prelog, or by the manner in which the molecule rotates the
plane of polarized light and designated as dextrorotatory or
levorotatory (i.e., as (+) or (-)-isomers respectively). A chiral
compound can exist as either individual enantiomer or as a mixture
thereof. A mixture containing equal proportions of the enantiomers
is called a "racemic mixture".
[0141] "Tautomers" refer to compounds that are interchangeable
forms of a particular compound structure, and that vary in the
displacement of hydrogen atoms and electrons. Thus, two structures
may be in equilibrium through the movement of n electrons and an
atom (usually H). For example, enols and ketones are tautomers
because they are rapidly interconverted by treatment with either
acid or base. Another example of tautomerism is the aci- and
nitro-forms of phenylnitromethane, that are likewise formed by
treatment with acid or base. Tautomeric forms may be relevant to
the attainment of the optimal chemical reactivity and biological
activity of a compound of interest.
[0142] As used herein a pure enantiomeric compound is substantially
free from other enantiomers or stereoisomers of the compound (i.e.,
in enantiomeric excess). In other words, an "S" form of the
compound is substantially free from the "R" form of the compound
and is, thus, in enantiomeric excess of the "R" form. The term
"enantiomerically pure" or "pure enantiomer" denotes that the
compound comprises more than 75% by weight, more than 80% by
weight, more than 85% by weight, more than 90% by weight, more than
91% by weight, more than 92% by weight, more than 93% by weight,
more than 94% by weight, more than 95% by weight, more than 96% by
weight, more than 97% by weight, more than 98% by weight, more than
98.5% by weight, more than 99% by weight, more than 99.2% by
weight, more than 99.5% by weight, more than 99.6% by weight, more
than 99.7% by weight, more than 99.8% by weight or more than 99.9%
by weight, of the enantiomer. In certain embodiments, the weights
are based upon total weight of all enantiomers or stereoisomers of
the compound.
[0143] As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term
"enantiomerically pure R-compound" refers to at least about 80% by
weight R-compound and at most about 20% by weight S-compound, at
least about 90% by weight R-compound and at most about 10% by
weight S-compound, at least about 95% by weight R-compound and at
most about 5% by weight S-compound, at least about 99% by weight
R-compound and at most about 1% by weight S-compound, at least
about 99.9% by weight R-compound or at most about 0.1% by weight
S-compound. In certain embodiments, the weights are based upon
total weight of compound.
[0144] As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term
"enantiomerically pure S-compound" or "S-compound" refers to at
least about 80% by weight S-compound and at most about 20% by
weight R-compound, at least about 90% by weight S-compound and at
most about 10% by weight R-compound, at least about 95% by weight
S-compound and at most about 5% by weight R-compound, at least
about 99% by weight S-compound and at most about 1% by weight
R-compound or at least about 99.9% by weight S-compound and at most
about 0.1% by weight R-compound. In certain embodiments, the
weights are based upon total weight of compound.
[0145] In the compositions provided herein, an enantiomerically
pure compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate,
hydrate or prodrug thereof can be present with other active or
inactive ingredients. For example, a pharmaceutical composition
comprising enantiomerically pure R-compound can comprise, for
example, about 90% excipient and about 10% enantiomerically pure
R-compound. In certain embodiments, the enantiomerically pure
R-compound in such compositions can, for example, comprise, at
least about 95% by weight R-compound and at most about 5% by weight
S-compound, by total weight of the compound. For example, a
pharmaceutical composition comprising enantiomerically pure
S-compound can comprise, for example, about 90% excipient and about
10% enantiomerically pure S-compound. In certain embodiments, the
enantiomerically pure S-compound in such compositions can, for
example, comprise, at least about 95% by weight S-compound and at
most about 5% by weight R-compound, by total weight of the
compound. In certain embodiments, the active ingredient can be
formulated with little or no excipient or carrier.
[0146] The compounds of this invention may possess one or more
asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as
individual (R)- or (S)-stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof.
[0147] Unless indicated otherwise, the description or naming of a
particular compound in the specification and claims is intended to
include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or
otherwise, thereof. The methods for the determination of
stereochemistry and the separation of stereoisomers are well-known
in the art.
[0148] One having ordinary skill in the art of organic synthesis
will recognize that the maximum number of heteroatoms in a stable,
chemically feasible heterocyclic ring, whether it is aromatic or
non aromatic, is determined by the size of the ring, the degree of
unsaturation and the valence of the heteroatoms. In general, a
heterocyclic ring may have one to four heteroatoms so long as the
heteroaromatic ring is chemically feasible and stable.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN EMBODIMENTS OF THE INVENTION
[0149] In certain aspects, provided herein are 3-.alpha. and
3.beta.-hydroxy steroid compounds as NMDA receptor modulators and
thus, useful for preventing and/or treating a broad range of CNS
conditions, among them, schizophrenia, depression, bipolar disorder
(e.g., I and/or II), schizoaffective disorder, mood disorders,
anxiety disorders, personality disorders, psychosis, compulsive
disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder (PTSD), Autism spectrum
disorder (ASD), dysthymia (mild depression), social anxiety
disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), pain (e.g., a
painful syndrome or disorder), sleep disorders, memory disorders,
dementia, Alzheimer's Disease, a seizure disorder (e.g., epilepsy),
traumatic brain injury, stroke, addictive disorders (e.g.,
addiction to opiates, cocaine, and/or alcohol), autism,
Huntington's Disease, insomnia, Parkinson's disease, withdrawal
syndromes, or tinnitus. These compounds are expected to show
improved in vivo potency, pharmacokinetic properties (PK)
properties, oral bioavailability, formulatability, stability,
and/or safety.
Compounds
[0150] In one aspect, provided herein are compounds according to
Formula (I):
##STR00029##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof; wherein:
[0151] Z is a group of the formula (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), or
(v):
##STR00030##
[0152] L.sup.1 and L.sup.2 are selected from a group consisting of
a bond, a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene, a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene, a
substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene, a
substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene, and
a substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkynylene;
[0153] L.sup.3 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6
alkylene, a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkynylene, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.1-C.sub.6
alkylene, a substituted or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6
alkenylene, or a substituted or unsubstituted hetero
C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene;
[0154] each instance of X.sup.1 and X.sup.2 is independently --O--,
--S--, --N(R.sup.X)--, wherein each instance of R.sup.X is
independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, or an amino protecting
group;
[0155] R.sup.1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, halo, --N.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --SCN, --CN, --OR.sup.A1, --SR.sup.A1,
--N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --N.dbd.NR.sup.A1, --N.dbd.C(R.sup.A1).sub.2,
--N(OR.sup.A1)(R.sup.A1), --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.A1)(R.sup.A1),
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1, --OC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1,
--NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.A2,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--SC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2,
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1, --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2,
--S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.A2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.A2, --NR.sup.A1SO.sub.2R.sup.A2, or
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, wherein R.sup.A1 is hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group when attached
to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when attached to a
sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to a
nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.A1 groups are joined to form an
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and R.sup.A2 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an R.sup.A1 group and an R.sup.A2
group are joined to form an substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic ring;
[0156] each instance of R.sup.2, R.sup.4a, R.sup.4b, R.sup.7a,
R.sup.7b, R.sup.11a, and R.sup.11b is independently hydrogen, --OH,
halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, --N.sub.3, --NO.sub.2,
--SCN, --CN, --OR.sup.B1, --SR.sup.B1, --N(R.sup.B1).sub.2,
--N.dbd.NR.sup.B1, --N.dbd.C(R.sup.B1).sub.2,
--N(OR.sup.B1)(R.sup.B1), --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.B1)(R.sup.B1),
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1, --OC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1,
--NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.B2,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--SC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.B2,
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.B1, --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.B2,
--S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.B1, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.B2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.B2, --NR.sup.B1SO.sub.2R.sup.B2, or
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, wherein R.sup.B1 is hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group when attached
to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when attached to a
sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to a
nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.B1 groups are joined to form an
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and R.sup.B2 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an R.sup.B1 group and an R.sup.B2
group are joined to form an substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic ring; or optionally wherein each of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b, and/or R.sup.7a and R.sup.7b, and/or R.sup.11a and
R.sup.11b are joined to form an oxo (.dbd.O) group;
[0157] R.sup.3a is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
[0158] R.sup.3b is hydrogen, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.C1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.C1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.C1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.C1).sub.2, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C2,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C2,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.C1).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C2).sub.2, or --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C2)(OR.sup.C1),
wherein R.sup.C1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group
when attached to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when
attached to a sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when
attached to a nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.C1 groups are joined to
form an substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and
R.sup.C2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
[0159] each of R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b is independently hydrogen,
halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, and
represents a single or double bond, provided if a double bond is
present in Ring B, then one of R.sup.6a or R.sup.6b is absent, and
provided if a single bond is present in Ring B, then the hydrogen
at C5 is in the alpha or beta position;
[0160] R.sup.14 is hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl;
[0161] R.sup.17 is hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or
--OR.sup.D1, wherein R.sup.D1 is hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, or
an oxygen protecting group;
[0162] each instance of R.sup.18, R.sup.19, and R.sup.20 is
independently hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl;
[0163] and each instance of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is
independently hydrogen, halogen, or substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, or R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b are joined together to form
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6 cycloalkyl;
[0164] R.sup.24 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.E1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.E1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.E1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.E1).sub.2, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.E2,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.E1, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.E2,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.E1, --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.E1).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.E2).sub.2, or --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.E2)(OR.sup.E1),
wherein R.sup.E1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group
when attached to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when
attached to a sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when
attached to a nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.E1 groups are joined to
form an substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and
R.sup.E2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl;
[0165] Y is --O--, --S--, or --NR.sup.Z5--;
[0166] R.sup.Z4 is independently substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl,
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
--OR.sup.Z5, --SR.sup.Z5, or --N(R.sup.Z5).sub.2;
[0167] each instance of R.sup.Z5 is independently hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group when attached
to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when attached to a
sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to a
nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.Z5 groups are joined to form a
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and
[0168] each instance of R.sup.Z6 is independently hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or two R.sup.Z6 groups are
joined to form a C.sub.3-6 carbocyclic ring; and
[0169] the subscript n is 0, 1, 2, or 3.
[0170] In certain embodiments, when R.sup.3a is H, n is 1, and
R.sup.19 is Me; then R.sup.1 is other than H, alkyl, alkenyl, or
alkynyl. In certain embodiments, when R.sup.3a is H, R.sup.3b is
--COMe, R.sup.19 is Me, and n is 0; then R.sup.1 is OH. In certain
embodiments, when R.sup.3a is H, n is 0, and R.sup.20 is alkyl;
then R.sup.1 is other than OH. In certain embodiments, when
R.sup.19 is Me; then R.sup.1 is other than H, alkyl, alkenyl, or
alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is H; and R.sup.19 is
other than Me. In certain embodiments, each R.sup.1 and R.sup.3a is
H; and R.sup.19 is other than Me.
[0171] In certain embodiments, when R.sup.3a is H, then R.sup.1 is
other than H, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl. In
certain embodiments, when R.sup.3a is H, then R.sup.1 is
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, halo, --N.sub.3,
--NO.sub.2, --SCN, --CN, --OR.sup.A1, --SR.sup.A1,
--N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --N.dbd.NR.sup.A1, --N.dbd.C(R.sup.A1).sub.2,
--N(OR.sup.A1)(R.sup.A1), --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.A1)(R.sup.A1),
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1, --OC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1,
--NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.A2,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--SC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2,
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1, --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2,
--S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.A2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.A2, --NR.sup.A1SO.sub.2R.sup.A2, or
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.A1).sub.2.
[0172] In certain further embodiments, the following compounds are
specifically excluded:
##STR00031## ##STR00032##
and pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
Various Embodiments of R.sup.3a
[0173] As generally defined above, R.sup.3a is hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl. It is generally understood that R.sup.3a
may be in the alpha (down) or beta (up) position. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is alpha. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is
beta.
[0174] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen.
[0175] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-2alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkyl.
Exemplary R.sup.3a C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include, but are not
limited to, substituted or unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl
(C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl
(C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl
(C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl
(C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5),
tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more fluoro
groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2, difluoroethyl,
and 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more chloro
groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3). In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is
substituted alkyl, e.g., R.sup.3a is haloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or
aminoalkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is Me, Et, n-Pr, n-Bu,
i-Bu, fluoromethyl, chloromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl,
trifluoroethyl, difluoroethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl,
methoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, or ethoxymethyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is Me, Et, n-Pr, n-Bu, or i-Bu. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl,
propoxymethyl, methoxyethyl, or ethoxyethyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is trifluoromethoxymethyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is fluoromethyl, chloromethyl,
difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, difluoroethyl, trifluoroethyl, or
2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3a is trifluoromethyl.
[0176] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-6alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethenyl (C2),
propenyl (C.sub.3), or butenyl (C.sub.4), unsubstituted or
substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group
consisting of alkyl, halo, haloalkyl, alkoxyalkyl, or hydroxyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethenyl, propenyl, or butenyl,
unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, halo, haloalkyl,
alkoxyalkyl, or hydroxy. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is
ethenyl.
[0177] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-6alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkynyl. Exemplary substituted or unsubstituted R.sup.3a
alkynyl groups include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl,
or butynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, halo,
haloalkyl (e.g., CF.sub.3), alkoxyalkyl, cycloalkyl (e.g.,
cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl), or hydroxyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3a is selected from the group consisting of trifluoroethynyl,
cyclopropylethynyl, cyclobutylethynyl, and propynyl,
fluoropropynyl, and chloroethynyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a
is ethynyl (C.sub.2), propynyl (C.sub.3), or butynyl (C.sub.4),
unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected
from the group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, and substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl
(C.sub.2), propynyl (C.sub.3), or butynyl (C.sub.4) substituted
with substituted phenyl. In certain embodiment, the phenyl
substitutent is further substituted with one or more substituents
selected from the group consisting of halo, alkyl, trifluoroalkyl,
alkoxy, acyl, amino or amido. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is
ethynyl (C.sub.2), propynyl (C.sub.3), or butynyl (C.sub.4)
substituted with substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolyl, imidazolyl,
pyrazolyl, oxazoyl, thiazolyl, isoxazoyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl,
1,2,4-triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or tetrazolyl.
[0178] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl, propynyl, or
butynyl, unsubstituted or substituted with alkyl, halo, haloalkyl,
alkoxyalkyl, or hydroxyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is
ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl,
substituted with phenyl unsubstituted or substituted with halo,
alkyl, alkoxy, haloalkyl, trihaloalkyl, or acyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or
unsubstituted cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl,
substituted with substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted
with substituted or unsubstituted pyridinyl, or pyrimidinyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted
with substituted or unsubstituted pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,
oxazoyl, thiazolyl, isoxazoyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl,
oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is
ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with substituted or unsubstituted
pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, or morpholinyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is propynyl or butynyl, substituted with
hydroxyl or alkoxy. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is propynyl or
butynyl, substituted with methoxy or ethoxy. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl, substituted with Cl.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is ethynyl or propynyl,
substituted with trifluoromethyl.
[0179] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-6carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5
carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6
carbocyclyl.
[0180] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted 3-6
membered heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 3-4 membered
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-5 membered
heterocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 5-6 membered
heterocyclyl.
[0181] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted aryl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted
or unsubstituted phenyl.
[0182] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5- to
6-membered heteroaryl.
[0183] Further embodiments of R.sup.3a, as a substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, and
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl groups, are depicted
below:
##STR00033##
wherein each instance of R.sup.3c is hydrogen, halo, or
--OR.sup.F1, wherein R.sup.F1 is substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl; and each instance of R.sup.3d is hydrogen, halo, or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl.
[0184] In certain embodiments, at least one R.sup.3c is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, at least two R.sup.3c is hydrogen. In
certain embodiments, each R.sup.3c is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, at least one R.sup.3c is halogen (e.g., fluoro,
chloro, bromo, iodo). In certain embodiments, at least two R.sup.3c
are halogen (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo). In certain
embodiments, each R.sup.3c is halogen (e.g., fluoro, to provide the
group --CF.sub.3). In certain embodiments, at least one R.sup.3c is
--OR.sup.F1 (e.g., OMe or OEt). In certain embodiments, at least
two R.sup.3C is --OR.sup.F1 (e.g., OMe or OEt). In certain
embodiments, at least one R.sup.3c is hydrogen, F, --OMe, or --OEt.
In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.3c is F, --OMe, or OEt; and
the rest are H.
[0185] In certain embodiments, at least one R.sup.3d is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, each R.sup.2C is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, at least one R.sup.3d is halogen (e.g., fluoro,
chloro, bromo, iodo). In certain embodiments, each R.sup.3d is
halogen (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo). In certain
embodiments, each of R.sup.3d is alkyl, e.g., each of R.sup.2c is
Me. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.3d is alkyl; and the other
is hydrogen, e.g., one of R.sup.3d is Me; and the other is
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.3d is substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g., cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl, and the
other is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, at least one R.sup.3d is
hydrogen, --F, --Br, --Cl, --I, --CH.sub.3, --CF.sub.3,
cyclopropyl, or cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, each instance
of R.sup.3d is H. In certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.3d
is halogen (e.g., fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo). In certain
embodiments, each instance of R.sup.3d is alkyl, e.g., --CH.sub.3,
--CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2Cl. In certain embodiments, each
instance of R.sup.3d is substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl,
e.g., cyclopropyl or cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3d
is substituted or unsubstituted cyclopropyl. In certain
embodiments, each instance of R.sup.3d is hydrogen, --F, --Br,
--Cl, --I, --CH.sub.3, --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2Cl,
cyclopropyl, or cyclobutyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3d is Me
or Cl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3d is substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl.
Various Embodiments of X.sup.1--R.sup.3b
[0186] As generally defined above, for group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b,
X.sup.1 is independently --O--, --S--, or --N(R.sup.X)--, wherein
each instance of R.sup.X is independently hydrogen, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, or
an amino protecting group; and R.sup.3b is hydrogen,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.C1, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.C1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.C1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.C1).sub.2, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.C1).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1).sub.2, or --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1)(OR.sup.C1),
wherein R.sup.C1 is hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group
when attached to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when
attached to a sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when
attached to a nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.C1 groups are joined to
form an substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring. It is
generally understood that the group --X.sup.1--R.sup.3b may be in
the alpha (down) or beta (up) position. In certain embodiments, the
group --X.sup.1--R.sup.3b is alpha. In certain embodiments, the
group --X.sup.1--R.sup.3b is beta.
[0187] In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --O--. In certain
embodiments, X.sup.1 is --S--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is
--N(R.sup.X)--. In certain embodiments, R.sup.X is alkyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.X is Me, Et, or i-Pr. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.X is H, i.e., wherein X.sup.1 is --NH--.
[0188] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen. For example,
in certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b is --OH. In
certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b is --SH. In
certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b is --NH.sub.2 or
--NHR.sup.X.
[0189] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.C1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.C1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.C1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.C1).sub.2, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.C1).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1).sub.2, or
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1)(OR.sup.C1).
[0190] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
hydrogen or a protecting group, i.e., an oxygen protecting group
when attached to an oxygen atom, sulfur protecting group when
attached to an sulfur atom, or a nitrogen protecting group when
attached to a nitrogen atom. In certain embodiments, at least one
instance of R.sup.C1 is hydrogen.
[0191] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkyl. Exemplary R.sup.C1 C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include,
but are not limited to, substituted or unsubstituted methyl
(C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl
(C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl
(C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl
(C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl
(C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6
alkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more
fluoro groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2,
difluoroethyl, and 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6
alkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more
chloro groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6
alkyl substituted with alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3).
[0192] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-6alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-3alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkenyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkenyl.
[0193] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-6alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-3alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkynyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkynyl.
[0194] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.3-6carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5
carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6
carbocyclyl.
[0195] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted 3-6 membered heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted 3-4 membered heterocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted 4-5 membered heterocyclyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted 5-6 membered heterocyclyl.
[0196] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted phenyl.
[0197] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.C1 is
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally
substituted 5- to 6-membered heteroaryl.
[0198] In certain embodiments, two R.sup.C1 groups are joined to
form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, e.g., a
substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted piperazinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
morpholinyl ring.
[0199] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.C1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.C1, --C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.C1).sub.2 or
--C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.C1)(R.sup.C1), wherein R.sup.C1 is as defined
herein.
[0200] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.C1,
e.g., for example, wherein R.sup.C1 is, for example, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl
(C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl
(C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5),
or n-hexyl (C.sub.6). In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is
--C(.dbd.O)CH.sub.3. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is
--C(.dbd.O)(CH.sub.2).sub.mCO.sub.2H, wherein m is an integer
between 2 and 5, inclusive. In certain embodiments, m is 2. In
certain embodiments, m is 3. In certain embodiments, m is 4. In
certain embodiments, m is 5. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is
--C(.dbd.O)CH.sub.2CH.sub.2C(.dbd.O)OH.
[0201] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is --C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.C1,
e.g., for example, wherein R.sup.C1 is, for example, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl
(C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl
(C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5),
or n-hexyl (C.sub.6).
[0202] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.C1,
e.g., for example, wherein R.sup.C1 is, for example, substituted or
unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl
(C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl
(C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5),
or n-hexyl (C.sub.6).
[0203] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.C1).sub.2, e.g., --C(.dbd.O)NH.sub.2 or
--C(.dbd.O)NHR.sup.C1, wherein R.sup.C1 is, for example,
substituted or unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2),
n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4),
tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4),
n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5),
or n-hexyl (C.sub.6), or R.sup.1 is --C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.C1).sub.2
wherein the two R.sup.C1 groups are joined to form a substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
piperidinyl, substituted or unsubstituted piperazinyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl ring.
[0204] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1 or --S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, wherein
R.sup.C1 is, for example, hydrogen, or substituted or unsubstituted
methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl
(C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl
(C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl
(C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl
(C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), or n-hexyl (C.sub.6), or
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3b is --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3b is --S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1, e.g., --SO.sub.3H.
[0205] In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1,
--P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.C1).sub.2, --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1).sub.2, or
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1)(OR.sup.C1), wherein each R.sup.C1 is, for
example, independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted
methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl
(C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl
(C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl
(C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl
(C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), or n-hexyl (C.sub.6), or
substituted or unsubstituted phenyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3b is --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.C1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.1 is --P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.C1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3b is --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.C1).sub.2. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.1 is --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1).sub.2. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.3b is --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.C1)(OR.sup.C1).
Various Embodiments Wherein Z is a Group of Formula (i) or (ii)
[0206] In certain embodiments, Z is a group of formula (i):
##STR00034##
[0207] In other embodiments, Z is a group of formula (ii):
##STR00035##
[0208] As generally defined above, L.sup.1 and L.sup.2 is a bond
(i.e., in other words, is absent) or is a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene, a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene, a substituted or
unsubstituted hetero C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene, a substituted or
unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene, or a substituted
or unsubstituted hetero C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene.
[0209] In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a bond.
[0210] In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.6 alkylene. In certain embodiments,
L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-C.sub.4 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or
L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.3 alkylene.
In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-C.sub.2 alkylene. In certain embodiments,
L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1
alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2 alkylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4 alkylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5 alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.6 alkylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is an alkylene group, as described
above, substituted with one or more substituents selected from the
group consisting of substituted or unsubstituted alkyl and halo. In
certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is --CH.sub.2--, --CHMe-,
--CMe.sub.2-, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--, --CF.sub.2--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--CMe.sub.2-, --CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--, or
--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--CMe.sub.2-.
[0211] In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkenylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.5 alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or
L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.4
alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.3 alkenylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2 alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3 alkenylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4 alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5 alkenylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.6 alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is
an alkenylene group, as described above, substituted with one or
more substituents selected from the group consisting of substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl and halo.
[0212] In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.6 alkynylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-C.sub.5 alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or
L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.4
alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-C.sub.3 alkynylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2 alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3 alkynylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4 alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 is a
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5 alkynylene. In certain
embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is a substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.6 alkynylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is
an alkynylene group, as described above, substituted with one or
more substituents selected from the group consisting of substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl and halo.
[0213] Furthermore, in certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is
substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.1-6alkylene, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.1-2alkylene, substituted
or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-3alkylene, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.3-4alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.4-5alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.5-6alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2
is substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-6alkenylene, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-3alkenylene, substituted
or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.3-4alkenylene, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.4-5alkenylene, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.5-6alkenylene. In certain embodiments,
L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.2-6alkynylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.2-3alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.3-4alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.4-5alkynylene, or substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.5-6alkynylene. In any of the above instances, in
certain embodiments, L.sup.1 or L.sup.2 is heteroalkylene,
heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynylene unsubstituted or substituted
with halo (e.g., fluoro) or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-6
alkyl.
[0214] As generally defined above, R.sup.1 is hydrogen, substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
halo, --N.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --SCN, --CN, --OR.sup.A1, --SR.sup.A1,
--N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --N.dbd.NR.sup.A1, --N.dbd.C(R.sup.A1).sub.2,
--N(OR.sup.A1)(R.sup.A1), --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.A1)(R.sup.A1),
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1, --OC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)R.sup.A1,
--NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--NR.sup.A1C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.A2,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.A1, --SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.A1,
--SC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, --OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2,
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1, --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2,
--S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.A2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.A2, --NR.sup.A1SO.sub.2R.sup.A2, or
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.A1).sub.2, wherein R.sup.A1 is hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group when attached
to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when attached to a
sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to a
nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.A1 groups are joined to form an
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and R.sup.A2 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an R.sup.A1 group and an R.sup.A2
group are joined to form an substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic ring.
[0215] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is hydrogen.
[0216] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl or
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., Me, Et, or
i-Pr. In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted ethenyl
or substituted or unsubstituted propenyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.1 is substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl.
[0217] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is selected from substituted
or unsubstituted carbocyclyl or substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl.
[0218] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, e.g., phenyl.
[0219] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl selected from pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazoyl,
thiazolyl, isoxazoyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl,
oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl,
pyrazinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, quinazonyl, quinoxilinyl,
naphthyridinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, benzimidazloyl,
pyrrolopyridinyl, pyrrolopyrimidinyl, pyridopyrimidinyl, or
purinyl. In certain embodiments, the heteroaryl group is
substituted with one or more groups selected from substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, oxo, hydroxy, halo, alkoxy, --S-alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl, substituted or unsubstituted --SO-- alkyl, substituted
or unsubstituted --SO.sub.2-alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
--SO-aryl, substituted or unsubstituted --SO.sub.2-aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted --SO-heteroaryl, substituted or
unsubstituted --SO.sub.2-heteroaryl, amino, cyano, and acyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is imidazolyl, pyrazolyl,
1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, or
tetrazolyl; each unsubstituted or substituted with one or two
groups independently selected from oxo, Me, F, Cl, --CN, and
--CF.sub.3. In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is quinolinyl,
isoquinolinyl or purinyl; each unsubstituted or substituted with
one or two groups independently selected from oxo, Me, F, Cl, --CN,
and --CF.sub.3.
[0220] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is --OR.sup.A1. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.1 is --O-- quinolinyl, --O-isoquinolinyl,
--O-purinyl, each unsubstituted or substituted with one or two
groups independently selected from Me, F, Cl, --CN, and --CF.sub.3.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is --OH or
--O--CO--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2--CO.sub.2H.
[0221] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is --SR.sup.A1. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.1 is S-quinolinyl, --S-isoquinolinyl, or
--S-purinyl, each unsubstituted or substituted with one or two
groups independently selected from Me, F, Cl, --CN, and --CF.sub.3.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is --SH.
[0222] In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2. In certain embodiments, R.sup.1 is
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1; e.g., --O--SO.sub.3H. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.1 is --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.A2. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.1 is --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.A1; e.g.,
--S--SO.sub.3H.
[0223] As generally defined above, R.sup.20 is independently
hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.20 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.20
is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., --CH.sub.3).
[0224] As generally defined above each instance of R.sup.23a and
R.sup.23b is independently hydrogen, halogen, or substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, or R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b are joined together
to form substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-C.sub.6 cycloalkyl. In
certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is
halogen, e.g., fluoro, and the other of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is
hydrogen, halogen, or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In
certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is
halogen, e.g., fluoro. In certain embodiments, each instance of
R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is independently substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, each of R.sup.23a and
R.sup.23b is Me. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.23a and
R.sup.23b is H. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.23a and
R.sup.23b is H; and the other is substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.23a and R.sup.23b is H;
and the other is Me or Et. In certain embodiments, R.sup.23a and
R.sup.23b are joined together to form substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-C.sub.6 cycloalkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.23a and
R.sup.23b are joined together to form a substituted or
unsubstituted cyclopropyl.
[0225] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00036##
is of the formula:
##STR00037##
[0226] As generally defined above, X.sup.2 is independently --O--,
--S--, or --N(R.sup.X)--, wherein each instance of R.sup.X is
independently hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroalkyl, or an amino protecting
group.
[0227] In certain embodiments, X.sup.2 is --O--. In certain
embodiments, X.sup.2 is --S--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.2 is
--N(R.sup.X)--. In certain embodiments, R.sup.X is alkyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.X is Me, Et, or i-Pr. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.X is hydrogen.
[0228] In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --O-- and X.sup.2 is
--O--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --O-- and X.sup.2 is
--S--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --O-- and X.sup.2 is
--N(R.sup.X)--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --S-- and
X.sup.2 is --O--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --S-- and
X.sup.2 is --S--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is --S-- and
X.sup.2 is --N(R.sup.X)--. In certain embodiments, X.sup.1 is
--N(R.sup.X)-- and X.sup.2 is --O--. In certain embodiments,
X.sup.1 is --N(R.sup.X)-- and X.sup.2 is --S--. In certain
embodiments, X.sup.1 is --N(R.sup.X)-- and X.sup.2 is
--N(R.sup.X)--.
[0229] As generally defined above, R.sup.24 is H, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted
carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted
or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl,
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.E1, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.E1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.E1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.E1).sub.2, --S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.E2,
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.E1, --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.E2,
--P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.E1, --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.E1).sub.2,
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.E2).sub.2, or
--P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.E2)(OR.sup.E1).
[0230] In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is hydrogen.
[0231] In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is alkyl
unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents selected
from the group consisting of halo or and hydroxyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.24 is substituted or unsubstituted aryl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is substituted or unsubstituted
heteroaryl.
[0232] In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.E1,
e.g., R.sup.24 is --C(.dbd.O)(CH.sub.2).sub.pCO.sub.2H, wherein p
is an integer between 2 and 5, inclusive. In certain embodiments, p
is 2. In certain embodiments, p is 3. In certain embodiments, p is
4. In certain embodiments, p is 5. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24
is --C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.E1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is
--C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.E1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.E1).sub.2. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.E2. In certain embodiments, R.sup.24 is
--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.E1; e.g., --SO.sub.3H. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is --P(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.E2. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is --P(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.E1. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is --P(.dbd.O)(OR.sup.E1).sub.2. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.E2).sub.2. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.24 is --P(.dbd.O)(R.sup.E2)(OR.sup.E1).
[0233] As generally defined above, the subscript n is 0, 1, 2, or
3. In certain embodiments, n is 0. In certain embodiments, n is 1.
In certain embodiments, n is 2. In certain embodiments, n is 3.
Various Embodiments Wherein Z is a Group of Formula (iii), (iv), or
(v)
[0234] In certain embodiments, Z is a group of formula (iii), (iv),
or (v):
##STR00038##
[0235] In certain embodiments, L is substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6alkylene, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-2alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkylene,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkylene, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.2-6alkenylene, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4alkenylene, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4-5alkenylene, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkenylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.2-6alkynylene, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4alkynylene, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4-5alkynylene, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkynylene. In any of the above instances, in certain
embodiments, L.sup.3 is alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene
unsubstituted or substituted with halo (e.g., fluoro), substituted
or unsubstituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and/or --OR.sup.Z5.
[0236] Furthermore, in certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is substituted
or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.1-6alkylene, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.1-2alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.2-3alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.3-4alkylene, substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.4-5alkylene, or substituted or unsubstituted
heteroC.sub.5-6alkylene. In certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is
substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-6alkenylene, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-3alkenylene, substituted
or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.3-4alkenylene, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.4-5alkenylene, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.5-6alkenylene. In certain embodiments,
L.sup.3 is substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-6alkynylene,
e.g., substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.2-3alkynylene,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.3-4alkynylene, substituted
or unsubstituted heteroC.sub.4-5alkynylene, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroC.sub.5-6alkynylene. In any of the above
instances, in certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is heteroalkylene,
heteroalkenylene, or heteroalkynylene unsubstituted or substituted
with halo (e.g., fluoro), substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-6
alkyl, and/or--OR.sup.Z5.
[0237] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one R.sup.Z5 is hydrogen.
[0238] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-2alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkyl.
Exemplary R.sup.Z5 C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include, but are not
limited to, substituted or unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl
(C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl
(C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl
(C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl
(C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5),
tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more fluoro
groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2, difluoroethyl,
and 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more chloro
groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3).
[0239] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-6alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkenyl.
[0240] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-6alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkynyl.
[0241] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-6carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5
carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6
carbocyclyl.
[0242] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted 3-6
membered heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 3-4 membered
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-5 membered
heterocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 5-6 membered
heterocyclyl.
[0243] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
[0244] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z5 is substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5-6 membered
heteroaryl.
[0245] In any of the above or below instances, in certain
embodiments, R.sup.Z5 is a protecting group, e.g., an oxygen
protecting group when attached to an oxygen atom, a sulfur
protecting group when attached to a sulfur atom, a nitrogen
protecting group when attached to a nitrogen atom.
[0246] In certain embodiments, wherein two R.sup.Z5 are attached to
a nitrogen atom, the two R.sup.Z5 groups are joined to form a
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring, e.g., a substituted
or unsubstituted piperidinyl, substituted or unsubstituted
piperazinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted morpholinyl ring.
[0247] Furthermore, in any of the above or below instances, in
certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.Z6 is independently
hydrogen, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, or two R.sup.Z6
groups are joined to form a C.sub.3-6 carbocyclic ring.
[0248] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z6 is
hydrogen.
[0249] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z6 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkyl. Exemplary R.sup.Z4 C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include,
but are not limited to, substituted or unsubstituted methyl
(C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl
(C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl
(C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl
(C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl
(C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6
alkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more
fluoro groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2,
difluoroethyl, and 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6
alkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more
chloro groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6
alkyl substituted with alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3).
[0250] In certain embodiments, two R.sup.Z6 groups are joined to
form a C.sub.3-6 carbocyclic ring, e.g., for example, a substituted
or unsubstituted cyclopropyl, substituted or unsubstituted
cyclobutyl, substituted or unsubstituted cyclopentyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted cyclohexyl ring.
[0251] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-2alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkyl.
Exemplary R.sup.Z4 C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include, but are not
limited to, substituted or unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl
(C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl
(C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl
(C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl
(C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5),
tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more fluoro
groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2, difluoroethyl,
and 2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more chloro
groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6 alkyl
substituted with alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3).
[0252] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-6alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkenyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkenyl.
[0253] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.2-6alkynyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkynyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkynyl.
[0254] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-6carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5
carbocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6
carbocyclyl.
[0255] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted 3-6
membered heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 3-4 membered
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted 4-5 membered
heterocyclyl, or substituted or unsubstituted 5-6 membered
heterocyclyl.
[0256] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted aryl, e.g., substituted or unsubstituted phenyl.
[0257] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, e.g., optionally substituted 5- to
6-membered heteroaryl.
[0258] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is --OR.sup.Z5, wherein
R.sup.Z5 is as defined herein, e.g., for example, R.sup.Z5 is
hydrogen, methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3),
isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4),
sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5),
3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5),
3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), or n-hexyl
(C.sub.6).
[0259] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is --SR.sup.Z5, wherein
R.sup.Z5 is as defined herein, e.g., for example, R.sup.Z5 is
hydrogen, methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3),
isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4),
sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5),
3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5),
3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), or n-hexyl
(C.sub.6).
[0260] In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z4 is --N(R.sup.Z5).sub.2,
e.g., R.sup.Z4 is --NH.sub.2, or --NHR.sup.Z5, wherein R.sup.Z5 is
as defined herein, e.g., for example, R.sup.Z5 is hydrogen, methyl
(C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl (C.sub.3), isopropyl
(C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl (C.sub.4), sec-butyl
(C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl (C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl
(C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl (C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl
(C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5), or n-hexyl (C.sub.6), or
R.sup.Z4 is --N(R.sup.Z5).sub.2 wherein the two R.sup.Z5 groups are
joined to form a substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring,
e.g., a substituted or unsubstituted piperidinyl, substituted or
unsubstituted piperazinyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
morpholinyl ring.
[0261] Specific L.sup.3 alkylene groups are contemplated herein.
For example, in certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is an alkylene group
of the formula:
##STR00039##
wherein p is 1, 2, or 3; and each instance of R.sup.Z7 and R.sup.Z8
is, independently, hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or --OR.sup.Z5. In certain embodiments, p is 1. In
certain embodiments, p is 2. In certain embodiments, p is 3.
[0262] Specific L.sup.3 alkenylene groups are also contemplated
herein. For example, in certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is an
alkenylene group of the formula:
##STR00040##
wherein q is 0, 1, or 2; and each instance of R.sup.Z7 and R.sup.Z8
is, independently, hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or --OR.sup.Z5. In certain embodiments, q is 0. In
certain embodiments, q is 1. In certain embodiments, q is 2.
[0263] Specific L.sup.3 heteroalkylene groups are also contemplated
herein, e.g., for example, in certain embodiments, L.sup.3 is a
heteroalkylene group of the formula:
##STR00041##
wherein w is 0 or 1 and p is 1, 2, or 3, or w is 1 and p is 0, 1,
2, or 3; and each instance of R.sup.Z7 and R.sup.Z8 is
independently hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or --OR.sup.Z5.
[0264] In certain embodiments, p is 0. In certain embodiments, p is
1. In certain embodiments, p is 2. In certain embodiments, p is 3.
In certain embodiments, w is 0. In certain embodiments, w is 1. In
certain embodiments, w is 0, and p is 1. In certain embodiments, w
is 0, and p is 2. In certain embodiments, w is 0, and p is 3. In
certain embodiments, w is 1, and p is 1. In certain embodiments, w
is 1, and p is 2. In certain embodiments, w is 1, and p is 3.
[0265] For example, in certain embodiments wherein w is 0, provided
is an L.sup.3 heteroalkylene group of the formula:
##STR00042##
wherein p and R.sup.Z8 are as defined herein.
[0266] In certain embodiments wherein w is 1, provided is an
L.sup.3 heteroalkylene group of the formula:
##STR00043##
wherein p, R.sup.27, and R.sup.Z8 are as defined herein.
[0267] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z7 is
hydrogen. In any of the above instances, in certain embodiments, at
least one instance of R.sup.Z7 is halo, e.g., fluoro. In any of the
above instances, in certain embodiments, at least one instance of
R.sup.Z7 is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkyl. Exemplary R.sup.Z7
C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, substituted
or unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl
(C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl
(C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5),
n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6 alkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more fluoro groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2, difluoroethyl, and
2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6 alkyl substituted
with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more chloro groups (e.g.,
--CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6 alkyl substituted with
alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3). In any of the above instances, in
certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z7 is
--CH.sub.3, --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.3 (Et), or
--CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2 (iPr). In any of the above instances, in
certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z7 is
--OR.sup.Z5, e.g., --OH.
[0268] In certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z8 is
hydrogen. In any of the above instances, in certain embodiments, at
least one instance of R.sup.Z8 is halo, e.g., fluoro. In any of the
above instances, in certain embodiments, at least one instance of
R.sup.Z8 is substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl, e.g.,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.5-6alkyl. Exemplary R.sup.Z8
C.sub.1-6alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, substituted
or unsubstituted methyl (C.sub.1), ethyl (C.sub.2), n-propyl
(C.sub.3), isopropyl (C.sub.3), n-butyl (C.sub.4), tert-butyl
(C.sub.4), sec-butyl (C.sub.4), iso-butyl (C.sub.4), n-pentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-pentanyl (C.sub.5), amyl (C.sub.5), neopentyl
(C.sub.5), 3-methyl-2-butanyl (C.sub.5), tertiary amyl (C.sub.5),
n-hexyl (C.sub.6), C.sub.1-6 alkyl substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,
6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more fluoro groups (e.g., --CF.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2F, --CHF.sub.2, difluoroethyl, and
2,2,2-trifluoro-1,1-dimethyl-ethyl), C.sub.1-6 alkyl substituted
with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more chloro groups (e.g.,
--CH.sub.2Cl, --CHCl.sub.2), and C.sub.1-6 alkyl substituted with
alkoxy groups (e.g., --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3 and
--CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2CH.sub.3). In any of the above instances, in
certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z8 is
--CH.sub.3, --CF.sub.3, --CH.sub.2CH.sub.3 (Et), or
--CH(CH.sub.3).sub.2 (iPr). In any of the above instances, in
certain embodiments, at least one instance of R.sup.Z8 is
--OR.sup.Z5, e.g., --OH.
[0269] Exemplary L.sup.3 alkylene groups include, but are not
limited to:
##STR00044##
[0270] Exemplary L.sup.3 alkenylene groups include, but are not
limited to:
##STR00045##
[0271] Exemplary L.sup.3 heteroalkylene groups include, but are not
limited to:
##STR00046##
[0272] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00047##
wherein L.sup.3 is an alkylene or heteroalkylene group, is of the
formula:
##STR00048## ##STR00049##
[0273] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00050##
wherein Y is --O-- and L.sup.3 is an alkylene or heteroalkylene
group, is of the formula:
##STR00051##
[0274] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00052##
wherein Y is --NH-- and L.sup.3 is an alkylene or heteroalkylene
group, is of the formula
##STR00053##
[0275] In certain embodiments, the group
##STR00054##
wherein Y is --O-- and L.sup.3 is an alkylene or heteroalkylene
group, is of the formula:
##STR00055##
[0276] In certain embodiments, the groups
##STR00056##
wherein Y is --NH-- and L.sup.3 is an alkylene or heteroalkylene
group, is of the formula:
##STR00057##
Various embodiments of R.sup.2, R.sup.11a, and R.sup.11b
[0277] As generally defined above, each instance of R.sup.2,
R.sup.11a, and R.sup.11b is independently H, --OH, halo,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, or substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, --N.sub.3, --NO.sub.2, --SCN, --CN,
--OR.sup.B1, --SR.sup.B1, --N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --N.dbd.NR.sup.B1,
--N.dbd.C(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --N(OR.sup.B1)(R.sup.B1),
--C(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1, --C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.B1)(R.sup.B1),
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1, --OC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1,
--NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.B2,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--SC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.B2,
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.B1, --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.B2,
--S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.B1, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.B2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.B2, --NR.sup.B1SO.sub.2R.sup.B2, or
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, and/or R.sup.11a and R.sup.11b are
joined to form an oxo (.dbd.O) group
[0278] In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is H. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.2 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is
--OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is --SR.sup.B1. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is --N(R.sup.B1).sub.2. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.2 is H, halo, substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, --OR.sup.B1, --SR.sup.B1, or
--N(R.sup.B1).sub.2. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is F, Cl, Me,
Et, n-Pr, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, butoxy, ethynyl,
hydroxybutynyl, methoxypropynyl, chloroethynyl, or cyclopropynyl.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is CF.sub.3, amino, or
dimethylamino. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is a non-hydrogen
group in the alpha position. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is a
non-hydrogen group in the beta position.
[0279] In certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.11a and
R.sup.11b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.11a and
R.sup.11b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.11a and
R.sup.11b is hydrogen; and the other is --OR.sup.B1, --SR.sup.B1,
or --N(R.sup.B1).sub.2. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.11a
and R.sup.11b is H; and the other is --OH, --OMe, amino, or
dialkylamino. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11b is a non-hydrogen
group, and R.sup.11a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a
is a non-hydrogen group, and R.sup.11b is hydrogen.
[0280] In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a and R.sup.11b together
form an oxo group.
Various Embodiments of R.sup.4a, R.sup.4b, R.sup.6, R.sup.7a,
R.sup.7b, R.sup.14, R.sup.17, R.sup.18, and R.sup.19
[0281] As generally defined above, each instance of R.sup.4a,
R.sup.4b, R.sup.7a, and R.sup.7b is independently hydrogen, --OH,
halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl,
substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or
unsubstituted heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl,
substituted or unsubstituted heteroaryl, --N.sub.3, --NO.sub.2,
--SCN, --CN, --OR.sup.B1, --SR.sup.B1, --N(R.sup.B1).sub.2,
--N.dbd.NR.sup.B1, --N.dbd.C(R.sup.B1).sub.2,
--N(OR.sup.B1)(R.sup.B1), --C(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1,
--C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --C(.dbd.O)N(OR.sup.B1)(R.sup.B1),
--OC(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1, --OC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --OC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)R.sup.B1,
--NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--NR.sup.B1C(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --SC(.dbd.O)R.sup.B2,
--SC(.dbd.O)OR.sup.B1, --SC(.dbd.O)SR.sup.B1,
--SC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, --OS(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.B2,
--OS(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.B1, --S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2R.sup.B2,
--S--S(.dbd.O).sub.2OR.sup.B1, --S(.dbd.O)R.sup.B2,
--SO.sub.2R.sup.B2, --NR.sup.B1SO.sub.2R.sup.B2, or
--SO.sub.2N(R.sup.B1).sub.2, wherein R.sup.B1 is hydrogen,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, an oxygen protecting group when attached
to an oxygen atom, a sulfur protecting group when attached to a
sulfur atom, a nitrogen protecting group when attached to a
nitrogen atom, or two R.sup.B1 groups are joined to form an
substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclic ring; and R.sup.B2 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, or substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, or an R.sup.B1 group and an R.sup.B2
group are joined to form an substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclic ring; or optionally wherein each of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b, and/or R.sup.7a and R.sup.7b are joined to form an oxo
(.dbd.O) group.
[0282] In certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b is hydrogen; and the other is substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments, one of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b is hydrogen; and the other is Me, Et, ethenyl, ethynyl,
propenyl, or propynyl. In certain embodiments, each of R.sup.4a and
R.sup.4b is independently substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In
certain embodiments, each of R.sup.4a and R.sup.4b is Me.
[0283] In certain embodiments, each instance of R.sup.7a and
R.sup.7b is hydrogen.
[0284] As generally defined above, each of R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b is
independently hydrogen, halo, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, or substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl, and represents a single or double bond,
provided if a double bond is present in Ring B, then one of
R.sup.6a or R.sup.6b is absent, and provided if a single bond is
present in Ring B, then the hydrogen at C5 is in the alpha or beta
position.
[0285] In certain embodiments, wherein represents a single bond,
each instance of R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b is hydrogen. In certain
embodiments, each instance of R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b is halo, e.g.,
fluoro.
[0286] In certain embodiments, wherein represents a single bond,
R.sup.6a is hydrogen, and R.sup.6b is halo, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a is hydrogen, and R.sup.6b is halo (e.g., fluoro). In
certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is hydrogen, and R.sup.6b is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is hydrogen, and R.sup.6b is
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a is hydrogen, and R.sup.6b is substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl.
[0287] In certain embodiments, wherein represents a single bond,
R.sup.6b is hydrogen, and R.sup.6a is halo, substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl, or
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6b is hydrogen, and R.sup.6a is halo (e.g., fluoro). In
certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is hydrogen, and R.sup.6a is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is hydrogen, and R.sup.6a is
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6b is hydrogen, and R.sup.6a is substituted or unsubstituted
alkynyl.
[0288] In certain embodiments, wherein represents a double bond,
R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, wherein represents a
double bond, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, wherein represents a double bond, R.sup.6a is
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, e.g., substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.1-6alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.1-2alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.2-3alkyl,
substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.3-4alkyl, substituted or
unsubstituted C.sub.4-5alkyl, or substituted or unsubstituted
C.sub.5-6alkyl, e.g., methyl, ethyl, propyl, or isopropyl. In
certain embodiments, wherein represents a double bond, R.sup.6a is
substituted or unsubstituted alkenyl. In certain embodiments,
wherein represents a double bond, R.sup.6a is substituted or
unsubstituted alkynyl.
[0289] As generally defined above, R.sup.17 is hydrogen, halo,
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, substituted or unsubstituted
alkenyl, substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl, substituted or
unsubstituted carbocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted
heterocyclyl, substituted or unsubstituted aryl, substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl, or --OR.sup.D1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.17 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is halo. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is substituted or unsubstituted
alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is substituted or
unsubstituted alkenyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is
substituted or unsubstituted alkynyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.17 is substituted or unsubstituted carbocyclyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.17 is substituted or unsubstituted heterocyclyl.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is substituted or unsubstituted
aryl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is substituted or
unsubstituted heteroaryl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.17 is
--OR.sup.D1 (e.g., --OH).
[0290] As generally defined above, R.sup.14 is H or substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.14 is H. In
certain embodiments, R.sup.14 is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl
(e.g., --CH.sub.3).
[0291] As generally defined above, R.sup.18 is independently
hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.18 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.18
is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., --CH.sub.3).
[0292] As generally defined above, R.sup.19 is independently
hydrogen or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.19
is substituted or unsubstituted alkyl (e.g., --CH.sub.3).
[0293] In certain embodiments, R.sup.14 is hydrogen, R.sup.18 is
--CH.sub.3 and R.sup.19 is --CH.sub.3.
[0294] In certain embodiments, R.sup.14 is hydrogen, R.sup.18 is
--CH.sub.3 and R.sup.19 is hydrogen.
Additional embodiments of Formula (I)
[0295] Various combinations of the above embodiments are further
contemplated herein. For example, in certain embodiments, the
compound of Formula (I) is of Formula (I-w):
##STR00058##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b at the C3
position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2
is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a is
hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain
embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha (down) and
R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl.
[0296] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of
Formula (I-x):
##STR00059##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the group --OH at the
C3 position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments
R.sup.11a is hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In
certain embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha
(down) and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents
a double bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl.
[0297] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of
Formula (I-y):
##STR00060##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the group --OH at the
C3 position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.11a is hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In
certain embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha
(down) and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents
a double bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R is halo, e.g., fluoro, or
alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro, or
alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a
and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro.
[0298] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of
Formula (I-z):
##STR00061##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, the group --OH at the
C3 position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.11a is hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In
certain embodiments, represents a single bond, R is alpha (down)
and R is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro.
[0299] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of
Formula (I-a1), (I-a2), or (I-a3):
##STR00062##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, the group --OR.sup.3b at the C3 position is
beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or substituted
or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is hydrogen
or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a is hydrogen and
R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g.,
fluoro.
[0300] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of
Formula (I-b1), (I-b2), or (I-b3):
##STR00063##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is hydrogen or
--OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a is hydrogen and
R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.m. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g.,
fluoro.
[0301] In certain embodiments, the compound of Formula (I) is of
Formula (I-c1), (I-c2), or (I-c3):
##STR00064##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or substituted or
unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2 is hydrogen or
--OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a is hydrogen and
R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.m. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g.,
fluoro.
[0302] In certain embodiments, the compound is of Formula
(I-d):
##STR00065##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b at the C3
position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2
is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a is
hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain
embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha (down) and
R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl. In certain embodiments, each
R.sup.Z6 is independently hydrogen or methyl.
[0303] In certain embodiments, the compound is of Formula
(I-e):
##STR00066##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.11a is hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.m. In
certain embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha
(down) and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents
a double bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl. In certain embodiments, each
R.sup.Z6 is independently hydrogen or methyl.
[0304] In certain embodiments, the compound is of Formula
(I-f):
##STR00067##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b at the C3
position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2
is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments, R.sup.11a is
hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain
embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha (down) and
R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl. In certain embodiments, each
R.sup.Z6 is independently hydrogen or methyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.Z5 is hydrogen or methyl.
[0305] In certain embodiments, the compound is of Formula
(I-g):
##STR00068##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.11a is hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In
certain embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha
(down) and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents
a double bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl. In certain embodiments, each
R.sup.Z6 is independently hydrogen or methyl. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.Z5 is hydrogen or methyl.
[0306] In certain embodiments, the compound is of Formula
(I-h):
##STR00069##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3b is hydrogen.
In certain embodiments, the group --X.sup.1R.sup.3b at the C3
position is beta. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen or
substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.2
is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments R.sup.11a is
hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain
embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha (down) and
R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents a double
bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both
hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g., fluoro,
or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z6
is isopropyl.
[0307] In certain embodiments, the compound is of Formula
(I-i):
##STR00070##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof. In certain embodiments, R.sup.3a is hydrogen
or substituted or unsubstituted alkyl. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.2 is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.11a is hydrogen and R.sup.11b is hydrogen or --OR.sup.B1. In
certain embodiments, represents a single bond, R.sup.5 is alpha
(down) and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments, represents
a double bond. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are
both hydrogen. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6a is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.6b is halo, e.g.,
fluoro, or alkyl, and R.sup.6a is hydrogen. In certain embodiments,
R.sup.6a and R.sup.6b are both halo, e.g., fluoro. In certain
embodiments, R.sup.19 is methyl. In certain embodiments, R.sup.Z6
is isopropyl.
[0308] Additional embodiments of Formula (I) include compounds of
the following formula:
##STR00071## ##STR00072## ##STR00073## ##STR00074##
##STR00075##
[0309] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00076## ##STR00077## ##STR00078## ##STR00079## ##STR00080##
##STR00081## ##STR00082## ##STR00083## ##STR00084##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0310] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00085## ##STR00086## ##STR00087## ##STR00088##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0311] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00089## ##STR00090##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0312] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00091## ##STR00092## ##STR00093## ##STR00094##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0313] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00095## ##STR00096## ##STR00097##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0314] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00098##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0315] In certain embodiments the compound is any one of the
following compounds:
##STR00099##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, solvate, prodrug,
stereoisomer, tautomer, isotopic variant, or N-oxide thereof, or a
combination thereof.
[0316] In certain embodiments, the compound of the present
invention is a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0317] In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical
composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and a
effective amount of a compound of Formula (I).
[0318] When employed as pharmaceuticals, the compounds provided
herein are typically administered in the form of a pharmaceutical
composition. Such compositions can be prepared in a manner well
known in the pharmaceutical art and comprise at least one active
compound.
[0319] In one embodiment, with respect to the pharmaceutical
composition, the carrier is a parenteral carrier, oral or topical
carrier.
[0320] The present invention also relates to a compound of the
present invention or pharmaceutical composition thereof for use as
a pharmaceutical or a medicament.
[0321] Generally, the compounds provided herein are administered in
a therapeutically effective amount. The amount of the compound
actually administered will typically be determined by a physician,
in the light of the relevant circumstances, including the condition
to be treated, the chosen route of administration, the actual
compound administered, the age, weight, and response of the
individual patient, the severity of the patient's symptoms, and the
like.
[0322] The pharmaceutical compositions provided herein can be
administered by a variety of routes including oral, rectal,
transdermal, subcutaneous, intravenous, intramuscular, and
intranasal. Depending on the intended route of delivery, the
compounds provided herein are preferably formulated as either
injectable or oral compositions or as salves, as lotions or as
patches all for transdermal administration.
[0323] The compositions for oral administration can take the form
of bulk liquid solutions or suspensions, or bulk powders. More
commonly, however, the compositions are presented in unit dosage
forms to facilitate accurate dosing. The term "unit dosage forms"
refers to physically discrete units suitable as unitary dosages for
human subjects and other mammals, each unit containing a
predetermined quantity of active material calculated to produce the
desired therapeutic effect, in association with a suitable
pharmaceutical excipient. Typical unit dosage forms include
prefilled, premeasured ampules or syringes of the liquid
compositions or pills, tablets, capsules or the like in the case of
solid compositions. In such compositions, the compound is usually a
minor component (from about 0.1 to about 50% by weight or
preferably from about 1 to about 40% by weight) with the remainder
being various vehicles or carriers and processing aids helpful for
forming the desired dosing form.
[0324] Liquid forms suitable for oral administration may include a
suitable aqueous or nonaqueous vehicle with buffers, suspending and
dispensing agents, colorants, flavors and the like. Solid forms may
include, for example, any of the following ingredients, or
compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline
cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch
or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, Primogel,
or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate; a glidant
such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as
sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint,
methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
[0325] Injectable compositions are typically based upon injectable
sterile saline or phosphate-buffered saline or other injectable
carriers known in the art. As before, the active compound in such
compositions is typically a minor component, often being from about
0.05 to 10% by weight with the remainder being the injectable
carrier and the like.
[0326] Transdermal compositions are typically formulated as a
topical ointment or cream containing the active ingredient(s),
generally in an amount ranging from about 0.01 to about 20% by
weight, preferably from about 0.1 to about 20% by weight,
preferably from about 0.1 to about 10% by weight, and more
preferably from about 0.5 to about 15% by weight. When formulated
as a ointment, the active ingredients will typically be combined
with either a paraffinic or a water-miscible ointment base.
Alternatively, the active ingredients may be formulated in a cream
with, for example an oil-in-water cream base. Such transdermal
formulations are well-known in the art and generally include
additional ingredients to enhance the dermal penetration of
stability of the active ingredients or the formulation. All such
known transdermal formulations and ingredients are included within
the scope provided herein.
[0327] The compounds provided herein can also be administered by a
transdermal device. Accordingly, transdermal administration can be
accomplished using a patch either of the reservoir or porous
membrane type, or of a solid matrix variety.
[0328] The above-described components for orally administrable,
injectable or topically administrable compositions are merely
representative. Other materials as well as processing techniques
and the like are set forth in Part 8 of Remington's Pharmaceutical
Sciences, 17th edition, 1985, Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa.,
which is incorporated herein by reference.
[0329] The above-described components for orally administrable,
injectable, or topically administrable compositions are merely
representative. Other materials as well as processing techniques
and the like are set forth in Part 8 of Remington's The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, 21st edition, 2005, Publisher: Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins, which is incorporated herein by
reference.
[0330] The compounds of this invention can also be administered in
sustained release forms or from sustained release drug delivery
systems. A description of representative sustained release
materials can be found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences.
[0331] The present invention also relates to the pharmaceutically
acceptable formulations of a compound of the present invention. In
one embodiment, the formulation comprises water. In another
embodiment, the formulation comprises a cyclodextrin derivative.
The most common cyclodextrins are .alpha.-, .beta.- and
.gamma.-cyclodextrins consisting of 6, 7 and 8 .alpha.-1,4-linked
glucose units, respectively, optionally comprising one or more
substituents on the linked sugar moieties, which include, but are
not limited to, methylated, hydroxy alkylated, acylated, and
sulfoalkylether substitution. In certain embodiments, the
cyclodextrin is a sulfoalkyl ether .beta.-cyclodextrin, e.g., for
example, sulfobutyl ether .beta.-cyclodextrin, also known as
Captisol.RTM.. See, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,376,645. In certain
embodiments, the formulation comprises
hexapropyl-.beta.-cyclodextrin. In a more particular embodiment,
the formulation comprises hexapropyl-.beta.-cyclodextrin (10-50% in
water).
[0332] The present invention also relates to the pharmaceutically
acceptable acid addition salt of a compound of the present
invention. The acid which may be used to prepare the
pharmaceutically acceptable salt is that which forms a non-toxic
acid addition salt, i.e., a salt containing pharmacologically
acceptable anions such as the hydrochloride, hydroiodide,
hydrobromide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acetate,
lactate, citrate, tartrate, succinate, maleate, fumarate, benzoate,
para-toluenesulfonate, and the like.
[0333] The following formulation examples illustrate representative
pharmaceutical compositions that may be prepared in accordance with
this invention. The present invention, however, is not limited to
the following pharmaceutical compositions.
[0334] Exemplary Formulation 1--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into
240-270 mg tablets (80-90 mg of active compound per tablet) in a
tablet press.
[0335] Exemplary Formulation 2--Capsules. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a starch diluent in
an approximate 1:1 weight ratio. The mixture is filled into 250 mg
capsules (125 mg of active compound per capsule).
[0336] Exemplary Formulation 3--Liquid. A compound of the present
invention (125 mg) may be admixed with sucrose (1.75 g) and xanthan
gum (4 mg) and the resultant mixture may be blended, passed through
a No. 10 mesh U.S. sieve, and then mixed with a previously made
solution of microcrystalline cellulose and sodium carboxymethyl
cellulose (11:89, 50 mg) in water. Sodium benzoate (10 mg), flavor,
and color are diluted with water and added with stirring.
Sufficient water may then be added to produce a total volume of 5
mL.
[0337] Exemplary Formulation 4--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into
450-900 mg tablets (150-300 mg of active compound) in a tablet
press.
[0338] Exemplary Formulation 5--Injection. A compound of the
present invention may be dissolved or suspended in a buffered
sterile saline injectable aqueous medium to a concentration of
approximately 5 mg/mL.
[0339] Exemplary Formulation 6--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 90-150
mg tablets (30-50 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet
press.
[0340] Exemplary Formulation 7--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 30-90
mg tablets (10-30 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet
press.
[0341] Exemplary Formulation 8--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into 0.3-30
mg tablets (0.1-10 mg of active compound per tablet) in a tablet
press.
[0342] Exemplary Formulation 9--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into
150-240 mg tablets (50-80 mg of active compound per tablet) in a
tablet press.
[0343] Exemplary Formulation 10--Tablets. A compound of the present
invention may be admixed as a dry powder with a dry gelatin binder
in an approximate 1:2 weight ratio. A minor amount of magnesium
stearate is added as a lubricant. The mixture is formed into
270-450 mg tablets (90-150 mg of active compound per tablet) in a
tablet press.
[0344] Injection dose levels range from about 0.1 mg/kg/hour to at
least 10 mg/kg/hour, all for from about 1 to about 120 hours and
especially 24 to 96 hours. A preloading bolus of from about 0.1
mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg or more may also be administered to achieve
adequate steady state levels. The maximum total dose is not
expected to exceed about 2 g/day for a 40 to 80 kg human
patient.
[0345] For the prevention and/or treatment of long-term conditions
the regimen for treatment usually stretches over many months or
years so oral dosing is preferred for patient convenience and
tolerance. With oral dosing, one to five and especially two to four
and typically three oral doses per day are representative regimens.
Using these dosing patterns, each dose provides from about 0.01 to
about 20 mg/kg of the compound provided herein, with preferred
doses each providing from about 0.1 to about 10 mg/kg, and
especially about 1 to about 5 mg/kg.
[0346] Transdermal doses are generally selected to provide similar
or lower blood levels than are achieved using injection doses.
[0347] When used to prevent the onset of a CNS-disorder, the
compounds provided herein will be administered to a subject at risk
for developing the condition, typically on the advice and under the
supervision of a physician, at the dosage levels described above.
Subjects at risk for developing a particular condition generally
include those that have a family history of the condition, or those
who have been identified by genetic testing or screening to be
particularly susceptible to developing the condition.
Methods of Treatment and Use
[0348] Earlier studies (see, e.g., Gee et al., European Journal of
Pharmacology, 136:419-423 (1987)) demonstrated that certain
3.alpha.-hydroxylated steroids are orders of magnitude more potent
as modulators of the GRC than others had reported (see, e.g.,
Majewska et al., Science 232:1004-1007 (1986); Harrison et al., J
Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 241:346-353 (1987)). Majewska et al. and
Harrison et al. taught that 3.alpha.-hydroxylated-5-reduced
steroids are only capable of much lower levels of effectiveness. In
vitro and in vivo experimental data have now demonstrated that the
high potency of these steroids allows them to be therapeutically
useful in the modulation of brain excitability via the GRC (see,
e.g., Gee et al., European Journal of Pharmacology, 136:419-423
(1987); Wieland et al., Psychopharmacology 118(1):65-71
(1995)).
[0349] Various synthetic steroids have also been prepared as
neuroactive steroids. See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 5,232,917,
which discloses neuroactive steroid compounds useful in treating
stress, anxiety, insomnia, seizure disorders, and mood disorders,
that are amenable to GRC-active agents, such as depression, in a
therapeutically beneficial manner. Furthermore, it has been
previously demonstrated that these steroids interact at a unique
site on the GRC which is distinct from other known sites of
interaction (e.g., barbiturates, benzodiazepines, and GABA) where
therapeutically beneficial effects on stress, anxiety, sleep, mood
disorders and seizure disorders have been previously elicited (see,
e.g., Gee, K. W. and Yamamura, H. I., "Benzodiazepines and
Barbiturates; Drugs for the Treatment of Anxiety, Insomnia and
Seizure Disorders," in Central Nervous System Disorders, Horvell,
ed., Marcel-Dekker, New York (1985), pp. 123-147; Lloyd, K. G. and
Morselli, P. L., "Psychopharmacology of GABAergic Drugs," in
Psychopharmacology: The Third Generation of Progress, H. Y.
Meltzer, ed., Raven Press, N.Y. (1987), pp. 183-195; and Gee et
al., European Journal of Pharmacology, 136:419-423 (1987). These
compounds are desirable for their duration, potency and oral
activity (along with other forms of administration).
[0350] Accordingly, the compounds and pharmaceutical compositions
provided herein find use as therapeutics for preventing and/or
treating CNS conditions in mammals including humans and non-human
mammals. Thus, and as stated earlier, the present invention
includes within its scope, and extends to, the recited methods of
treatment, as well as to the compounds for such methods, and to the
use of such compounds for the preparation of medicaments useful for
such methods. It is contemplated that the novel 3.alpha.- and
3.beta.-hydroxy steroids of the invention may act as negative
allosteric modulators (NAM) of NMDA receptor and thus may be useful
for preventing and/or treating a broad range of CNS conditions.
[0351] In one aspect, compounds of the present invention are
contemplated as therapeutic agents, e.g., for the treatment of CNS
conditions in mammals, such as for the treatment of schizophrenia,
depression, bipolar disorder (e.g., I and/or II), schizoaffective
disorder, mood disorders, anxiety disorders, personality disorders,
psychosis, compulsive disorders, post-traumatic stress disorder
(PTSD), Autism spectrum disorder (ASD), dysthymia (mild
depression), social anxiety disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder
(OCD), pain (e.g., a painful syndrome or disorder), sleep
disorders, memory disorders, dementia, Alzheimer's Disease, a
seizure disorder (e.g., epilepsy), traumatic brain injury (TBI),
stroke, addictive disorders (e.g., addiction to opiates, cocaine,
and/or alcohol), autism, Huntington's Disease, insomnia,
Parkinson's disease, withdrawal syndromes, or tinnitus. In certain
embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are useful in
the treatment of depression, anxiety, mood disorders, sleep
disorders, memory disorders, traumatic brain injury, stroke,
epilepsy, and schizophrenia.
[0352] In another aspect, provided is a method of treating a mammal
susceptible to or afflicted with a condition associated with brain
excitability, which method comprises administering an effective
amount of one or more of the pharmaceutical compositions described
herein.
[0353] In yet another aspect, provided is the use of a compound of
the present invention as a pharmaceutical, e.g., especially in the
treatment or prevention of the aforementioned conditions and
diseases.
[0354] In still yet another aspect, provided is a method of
manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prevention of one
of the aforementioned conditions and diseases.
[0355] In still yet another aspect, the present invention provides
a method for preventing, treating, ameliorating or managing a
disease or condition which comprises administering to a subject in
need of such prevention, treatment, amelioration or management, a
prophylactically or therapeutically effective amount of a compound
of the present invention, or the pharmaceutical composition
thereof.
[0356] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a use
of a compound of the present invention for the manufacture of a
medicament to treat a disease or condition associated with brain
excitability. In one embodiment, the disease or condition is
selected from depression, anxiety, schizophrenia, sleep disorders,
memory disorders, and mood disorders.
[0357] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a
method of treatment of a mammal, e.g., a human being, to treat a
disease associated with brain excitability, including treating said
mammal with an effective amount of a compound of the present
invention or composition thereof.
[0358] In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a
combination of a compound of the present invention and another
pharmacologically active agent.
[0359] The compounds provided herein can be administered as the
sole active agent or they can be administered in combination with
other agents. Administration in combination can proceed by any
technique apparent to those of skill in the art including, for
example, separate, sequential, concurrent and alternating
administration.
EXAMPLES
[0360] In order that the invention described herein may be more
fully understood, the following examples are set forth. The
synthetic and biological examples described in this application are
offered to illustrate the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions
and methods provided herein and are not to be construed in any way
as limiting their scope.
Materials and Methods
[0361] The compounds provided herein can be prepared from readily
available starting materials using the following general methods
and procedures. It will be appreciated that where typical or
preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction temperatures, times,
mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures, etc.) are given,
other process conditions can also be used unless otherwise stated.
Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants
or solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one
skilled in the art by routine optimization.
[0362] Additionally, as will be apparent to those skilled in the
art, conventional protecting groups may be necessary to prevent
certain functional groups from undergoing undesired reactions. The
choice of a suitable protecting group for a particular functional
group as well as suitable conditions for protection and
deprotection are well known in the art. For example, numerous
protecting groups, and their introduction and removal, are
described in T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protecting Groups in
Organic Synthesis, Second Edition, Wiley, New York, 1991, and
references cited therein.
[0363] The compounds provided herein may be isolated and purified
by known standard procedures. Such procedures include (but are not
limited to) recrystallization, column chromatography, or HPLC. The
following schemes are presented with details as to the preparation
of representative substituted biarylamides that have been listed
herein. The compounds provided herein may be prepared from known or
commercially available starting materials and reagents by one
skilled in the art of organic synthesis.
[0364] The enantiomerically pure compounds provided herein may be
prepared according to any techniques known to those of skill in the
art. For instance, they may be prepared by chiral or asymmetric
synthesis from a suitable optically pure precursor or obtained from
a racemate by any conventional technique, for example, by
chromatographic resolution using a chiral column, TLC or by the
preparation of diastereoisomers, separation thereof and
regeneration of the desired enantiomer. See, e.g., "Enantiomers,
Racemates and Resolutions," by J. Jacques, A. Collet, and S. H.
Wilen, (Wiley-Interscience, New York, 1981); S. H. Wilen, A.
Collet, and J. Jacques, Tetrahedron, 2725 (1977); E. L. Eliel
Stereochemistry of Carbon Compounds (McGraw-Hill, N Y, 1962); and
S. H. Wilen Tables of Resolving Agents and Optical Resolutions 268
(E. L. Eliel ed., Univ. of Notre Dame Press, Notre Dame, Ind.,
1972, Stereochemistry of Organic Compounds, Ernest L. Eliel, Samuel
H. Wilen and Lewis N. Manda (1994 John Wiley & Sons, Inc.), and
Stereoselective Synthesis A Practical Approach, Mihaly Nogradi
(1995 VCH Publishers, Inc., NY, NY).
[0365] In certain embodiments, an enantiomerically pure compound of
the present invention may be obtained by reaction of the racemate
with a suitable optically active acid or base. Suitable acids or
bases include those described in Bighley et al., 1995, Salt Forms
of Drugs and Adsorption, in Encyclopedia of Pharmaceutical
Technology, vol. 13, Swarbrick & Boylan, eds., Marcel Dekker,
New York; ten Hoeve & H. Wynberg, 1985, Journal of Organic
Chemistry 50:4508-4514; Dale & Mosher, 1973, J. Am. Chem. Soc.
95:512; and CRC Handbook of Optical Resolution via Diastereomeric
Salt Formation, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by
reference in their entireties.
[0366] Enantiomerically pure compounds can also be recovered either
from the crystallized diastereomer or from the mother liquor,
depending on the solubility properties of the particular acid
resolving agent employed and the particular acid enantiomer used.
The identity and optical purity of the particular compound so
recovered can be determined by polarimetry or other analytical
methods known in the art. The diastereoisomers can then be
separated, for example, by chromatography or fractional
crystallization, and the desired enantiomer regenerated by
treatment with an appropriate base or acid. The other enantiomer
may be obtained from the racemate in a similar manner or worked up
from the liquors of the first separation.
[0367] In certain embodiments, enantiomerically pure compound can
be separated from racemic compound by chiral chromatography.
Various chiral columns and eluents for use in the separation of the
enantiomers are available and suitable conditions for the
separation can be empirically determined by methods known to one of
skill in the art. Exemplary chiral columns available for use in the
separation of the enantiomers provided herein include, but are not
limited to, CHIRALCEL.RTM. OB, CHIRALCEL.RTM. OB-H, CHIRALCEL.RTM.
OD, CHIRALCEL.RTM. OD-H, CHIRALCEL.RTM. OF, CHIRALCEL.RTM. OG,
CHIRALCEL.RTM. OJ and CHIRALCEL.RTM. OK.
Synthetic Procedures
[0368] General processes for preparing compounds of the present
invention are provided as further embodiments of the invention and
are illustrated in generalized schemes 1-13 and Examples 1-36. For
the purpose of Scheme 1-13, if not defined, R' is alkyl, R.sup.23
is R.sup.23a or R.sup.23b; and X.sup.1, L.sup.1, R.sup.1, R.sup.3a,
R.sup.3b, R.sup.23a, and R.sup.23b, are as described herein.
##STR00100##
##STR00101##
##STR00102##
##STR00103##
##STR00104##
##STR00105##
##STR00106##
##STR00107##
##STR00108##
##STR00109##
##STR00110##
##STR00111##
##STR00112##
Example 1. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-001
##STR00113## ##STR00114##
[0370] Preparation of Compound 2: To a solution of ketone 1 (50.0
g, 0.17 mol, 1.0 eq) and ethylene glycol (62 mL) in toluene (600
mL) was added p-toluenesulfonic acid (1.4 g, 7.28 mmol). The
reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight with a Dean-Stark
trap. LCMS showed the starting material was consumed completely.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl
acetate (500 mL), and washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (300 mL.times.2) and brine (300 mL.times.2). The
organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in
vacuum to afford crude product 2 (64.0 g, 100%) which was directly
used in the next step without further purification. .sup.1H NMR:
(400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.35 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 3.97-3.82 (m, 4H),
3.59-3.47 (m, 1H), 2.34-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.06-1.94 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.74
(m, 3H), 1.73-1.64 (m, 1H), 1.63-1.33 (m, 10H), 1.32-1.19 (m, 1H),
1.14-1.03 (m, 1H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.99-0.93 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s,
3H).
[0371] Preparation of Compound 3: To a solution of compound 2 (32
g, 96 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (1200 mL) was added
Dess-Martin (81 g, 192 mmol, 2.0 eq) in portions at 0.degree. C.
Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 h.
TLC (PE:EA=3:1) showed the starting material was consumed
completely. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3/Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3=1:3 (1 L). The organic phase was
washed with brine (500 mL) and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and the
solvent was evaporated to afford crude product 3 (33.0 g, 100%),
which was directly used in the next step without further
purification. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.34 (d, J=5.2
Hz, 1H), 3.77-4.00 (m, 4H), 3.19-3.39 (m, 1H), 2.83 (dd, J=16.44,
2.13 Hz, 1H), 2.38-2.59 (m, 1H), 2.21-2.37 (m, 1H), 1.95-2.09 (m,
3H), 1.54-1.73 (m, 4H), 1.74-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.37-1.51 (m, 3H),
1.21-1.34 (m, 2H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 0.98-1.12 (m, 1H), 0.83-0.93 (m,
3H).
[0372] Preparation of MAD: To a solution of compound 5 (96 g, 436
mmol, 1.0 eq) in toluene (300 mL) was added a solution of
AlMe.sub.3 (109 mL, 218 mmol, 0.5 eq, 2 M in hexane) at room
temperature, at which time the methane gas was evolved immediately.
The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h and
used as a solution of MAD in toluene in the next step without any
purification.
[0373] Preparation of Compound 4: To a solution of MAD (218 mmol,
2.3 eq, freshly prepared) in toluene (300 mL) was added dropwise a
solution of compound 4 (33 g, 96 mmol, 1.0 eq) in toluene (100 mL)
at -78.degree. C. during a period of 1 h under nitrogen. Then the
reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, a solution of MeMgBr (205
mL, 288 mmol, 3.0 eq, 1.4 M in toluene) was added dropwise at
-78.degree. C. The reaction mixture was warmed to -40.degree. C.
and stirred at this temperature for 3 h. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) showed
that the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was
poured into saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl solution (200 mL) and
extracted with EA (150 mL.times.2). The combined organic phases
were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and the solvent was evaporated to
afford crude product. The crude product was purified by silica gel
chromatography eluted with PE:EA (15:1) to give the product (7.64
g, 22%) as white powder.
[0374] .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 3.75-4.04 (m, 4H), 2.42 (d, J=13.6 Hz, 1H), 1.88-2.12 (m, 3H),
1.73-1.86 (m, 2H), 1.64-1.72 (m, 2H), 1.52-1.63 (m, 4H), 1.35-1.51
(m, 4H), 1.19-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.12-1.18 (m, 1H), 1.10 (s, 3H),
0.99-1.03 (m, 3H), 0.92-0.98 (m, 1H), 0.86 (s, 3H).
[0375] Compound INT A: To a solution of compound 4 (6.0 g, 17.3
mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (200 mL) was added aqueous HCl solution (35
mL, 1 M) and acetone (35 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at
room temperature overnight. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) indicated that the
reaction was complete. Then the reaction mixture was diluted with
EA (200 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution
(200 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and evaporated under reduced
pressure to give the product (5.2 g, 99.2%). .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta. 5.27 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.45-2.35 (m, 2H), 2.09-1.84
(m, 4H), 1.82-1.57 (m, 6H), 1.50-1.35 (m, 4H), 1.26-1.08 (m, 4H),
1.05 (s, 3H), 0.95 (s, 3H), 0.86 (s, 3H).
[0376] Compound A_001_1: To a solution of PPh.sub.3CH.sub.3Br (28.3
g, 79.35 mmol) in THF (50 mL) was added a solution of t-BuOK (8.96
g, 79.35 mmol) in THF (20 mL) at room temperature. After stirring
for 1 h, INT A (4.0 g, 13.22 mmol) dissolved in THF (10 mL) was
added dropwise. The reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h. The
reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with
Sat. NH.sub.4Cl, extracted with EA. The combined organic layer was
washed with brine, dried and concentrated to give the crude
product, which was purified by a flash column chromatography
(PE/EA=15/1) to afford compound A_001_1 (3.2 g, Y=80%) as a white
solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 4.65-4.64 (m, 2H), 2.50-2.42 (m, 2H), 2.27-2.22 (m, 1H),
2.07-1.97 (m, 1H), 1.87-1.68 (m, 4H), 1.68-1.49 (m, 7H), 1.40-1.15
(m, 4H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 1.04-0.96 (m, 1H), 0.80 (s,
3H).
[0377] Preparation of Compound A_001_2: To a solution of compound
A_001_1 (300 mg, 1.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) and methyl propiolate (250 mg,
3.0 mmol, 3.0 eq) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (5 mL) was added dropwise
Et.sub.2AlCl (4 mL, 4.0 mmol, 4.0 eq, 1 M in toluene) with stirring
at 25.degree. C., then the reaction mixture was stirred overnight.
TLC (PE/EA=3/1) indicated that the starting material was consumed
completely. The solution was washed with saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3 (5 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated
under reduced pressure to provide the crude product which was
purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA (15:1) to
give the desired product (200 mg, 52%) as a white powder. .sup.1H
NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 7.03-6.97 (m, 1H), 5.86 (dd,
J.sub.1=1.2 Hz, J.sub.2=15.6 Hz, 1H), 5.35 (d, J=1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.32
(d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.72 (s, 3H), 2.87 (d, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (d,
J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.13-1.95 (m, 3H), 2.00-1.40 (m, 11H), 1.40-1.20
(m, 4H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 0.90-0.82 (m, 3H), 0.78 (s,
3H).
[0378] Preparation of Compound A_001_3: To a solution of compound
A_001_2 (192 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) in EA (5 mL) was added Pd/C (5%,
40 mg) under N.sub.2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and
purged with H.sub.2 several times. Then the mixture was stirred
under H.sub.2 balloon at 30.degree. C. for 1 h. TLC (PE:EA=3:1)
showed that the reaction was complete. The suspension was filtered
through a pad of celite and the pad was washed with EA (5
mL.times.2). The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to
give the product (185 mg, 95%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 5.31 (d, J=4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.42
(d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 2.35-2.28 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.92 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.60
(m, 6H), 1.55-1.30 (m, 6H), 1.30-1.13 (m, 5H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.02
(s, 3H), 1.00-0.75 (m, 4H), 0.58 (s, 3H).
[0379] Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-001: To a solution of
compound A_001_3 (150 mg, 0.386 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (5 mL) was
added dropwise MeLi (2 mL, 3.200 mmol, 8.3 eq, 1.6 M in THF) at
-78.degree. C. under nitrogen. After the addition the reaction
mixture was warmed to -40.degree. C. and stirred for 1 h. TLC
(PE:EA=3:1) showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction
mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL),
extracted with EA (10 mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were
concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the crude product
which was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA
(10:1) to give product (91 mg, 60%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR:
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 5.31 (d, J=5.6 Hz, 1H), 2.43 (d,
J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.05-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.60 (m, 6H), 1.21 (s, 6H),
1.12 (s, 3H), 1.11-1.04 (m, 1H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.01-0.92 (m, 2H),
0.58 (s, 3H).
Example 2. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-003
##STR00115##
[0381] Preparation of Compound A_003_1: To a solution of
Ph.sub.3PEtBr (12.25 g, 33.00 mmol, 10.0 eq) in dry THF (15 mL) was
added dropwise a solution of t-BuOK (3.70 g, 33.00 mmol, 10.0 eq)
in dry THF (10 mL) under N.sub.2 at 0.degree. C. The mixture was
stirred at room temperature for 1.5 h. Then a solution of INT A
(1.00 g, 3.31 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added dropwise and
the resulting mixture was stirred at 70.degree. C. for 4 h. TLC
(PE:EA=3:1) indicated that the starting material was consumed
completely. The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl solution (50 mL) and extracted with EA (30 mL.times.2).
The combined organic phases were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by column
chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE:EA=12:1) to give the
product (900 mg, 90.9%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta. 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 5.15-5.12 (m, 1H), 2.44-2.30
(m, 3H), 2.29-2.21 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.97 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.45 (m, 14H),
1.30-1.15 (m, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.95-1.01 (m, 1H),
0.90 (s, 3H).
[0382] Preparation of Compound A_003_2: To a solution of compound
A_003_1 (1.00 g, 3.20 mmol, 1.0 eq) and methyl propiolate (0.67 g,
8.00 mmol, 2.5 eq) in dry DCM (15 mL) was added dropwise a solution
of Et.sub.2AlCl (12.8 mL, 12.8 mmol, 4.0 eq, 1 M in toluene) with
stirring at 0.degree. C. Then the reaction was warmed to room
temperature and stirred overnight. TLC (PE:EA=5:1) indicated that
the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture was
quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 solution (30 mL) and
extracted with DCM (30 mL.times.2). The combined organic phases
were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated in vacuum. The
residue was purified by column chromatography on silica gel
(eluent: PE:EA=10:1) to give product (1.00 g, 78.7%) as white
powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 6.97-6.91 (m, 1H)
5.82 (d, J=16 Hz, 1H), 5.42-5.41 (m, 1H), 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),
3.73 (s, 3H), 3.04-3.00 (m, 1H), 2.43 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 2.11-1.97
(m, 3H), 1.88-1.50 (m, 12H), 1.40-1.20 (m, 3H), 1.21-1.26 (m, 1H),
1.18 (d, J=6.78 Hz, 3H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.82 (s,
3H).
[0383] Preparation of Compound A_003_3: To a solution of compound
A_003_2 (160 mg, 0.40 mmol) in EA (15 mL) was added Pd/C (30 mg,
5%). Then the reaction was stirred under 15 psi of H.sub.2 pressure
at room temperature for 2 h. TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed that the
starting material was consumed completely. And then the reaction
mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated under reduced
pressure to give the product (150 mg, 92.8%). .sup.1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.32 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.48-1.96
(m, 7H), 1.90-1.62 (m, 5H), 1.60-1.55 (m, 7H), 1.11 (s, 3H),
1.03-0.99 (m, 3H), 0.95-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.70-0.66 (m, 2H).
[0384] Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-003: To a solution of
compound A_003_2 (100 mg, 0.25 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (1 mL)
under N.sub.2 protection was added dropwise MeLi (1.56 mL, 2.50
mmol, 1.6 M in THF) at -78.degree. C. and the mixture was stirred
at this temperature for 30 min. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) showed that the
reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was quenched with
saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (5 mL) and extracted with EA (5
mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the crude product, which was purified
by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA (10:1) to give the
product (45 mg, 45%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H),
2.02-1.98 (m, 3H), 1.92-1.66 (m, 3H), 1.61-1.56 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.54
(m, 2H), 1.53-1.23 (m, 11H), 1.20 (s, 6H), 1.10 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s,
3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.95-0.90 (m, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Example 3. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-007
##STR00116##
[0386] Preparation of Compound INT E: To a solution of 9-BBN (0.5 M
in THF, 133 mL, 66.6 mmol, 10.0 eq) under ice-bath, a solution of
A_001_1 (2.0 g, 6.66 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added
dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated to 60.degree. C. and
stirred for 20 h. The mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. and 10%
aqueous NaOH solution (20 mL) followed by 30% aqueous
H.sub.2O.sub.2 (30%, 10 mL) was added. The mixture was stirred for
2 h at 0.degree. C. and then extracted with EA (30 mL.times.3). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine (30 mL), dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated in vacuum to give the crude
product, which was purified by a flash column chromatography eluted
by PE/EA (10/1) to afford INT E (1.0 g, 47%) as a white solid.
.sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),
3.75-3.71 (dd, J.sub.1=10.4 Hz, J.sub.2=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.58-3.53 (dd,
J.sub.1=10.4 Hz, J.sub.2=7.6 Hz, 1H), 2.43-2.41 (d, J=10.4 Hz, 1H),
2.02-1.96 (m, 2H), 1.91-1.75 (m, 3H), 1.72-1.44 (m, 10H), 1.33-1.20
(m, 5H), 1.18 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.04-0.99 (m, 1H), 0.67 (s,
3H).
[0387] Preparation of Compound INT B: To a solution of INT E (100
mg, 0.314 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (10 mL) under ice-bath, Dess-Martin
reagent (265 mg, 0.628 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added. The reaction
mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The
mixture was poured into a solution of NaS.sub.2O.sub.3 (4.5 g) and
NaHCO.sub.3 (1.5 g) in water (20 mL), extracted with EA (20
mL.times.3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (20
mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated in vacuum to give
the crude product (100 mg, 100%) which was used directly in the
next step without further purification.
[0388] Preparation of Compound A_007_1: A mixture of INT B (100 mg,
0.316 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Ph.sub.3P.dbd.CHCOOCH.sub.3 (634 mg, 1.89
mmol, 6.0 eq) in toluene (10 mL) was stirred for 3 h at 80.degree.
C. and then concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by a
flash column chromatography eluted by PE/EA (12/1) to afford
product A_007_1 (65 mg, 55.2%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 6.99-6.93 (dd, J.sub.1=16 Hz, J.sub.2=8.4
Hz, 1H), 5.82-5.77 (dd, J.sub.1=15.6 Hz, J.sub.2=1.2 Hz, 1H), 5.30
(d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 2.42 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.14-2.11
(m, 1H), 2.05-1.99 (m, 2H), 1.98-1.41 (m, 15H), 1.29-1.24 (m, 2H),
1.12-1.14 (m, 1H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.06 (s, 3H), 1.02-0.95 (m, 1H),
0.66 (s, 3H).
[0389] Preparation of Compound A_007_2: A mixture of compound
A_007_1 (65 mg, 0.174 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (5%, 20 mg) in EA (5
mL) was stirred for 2 h at room temperature under H.sub.2 (1 atm).
The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in
vacuum to give product A_007_2 (65 mg, 100%) which was used
directly in the next step without further purification.
[0390] Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-007: To a solution of
A_007_2 (65 mg, 0.17 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (2 mL) at -78.degree. C.,
CH.sub.3Li (1.6 M in THF, 1 mL, 1.7 mmol, 10.0 eq) was added
dropwise under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was warmed to room
temperature and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was quenched with
saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL) and then extracted with EA (5
mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (5
mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated in vacuum to give
the crude product, which was purified by a flash column
chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=8/1) to afford ST-200-A-007 (27 mg,
41%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 2.42 (d, J=15.2 Hz, 1H), 2.02-1.96 (m, 2H),
1.86-1.38 (m, 14H), 1.25-1.14 (m, 4H), 1.21 (s, 6H), 1.11 (s, 3H),
1.09-1.05 (m, 2H) 1.02 (s, 3H), 1.01-0.94 (m, 3H), 0.61 (s,
3H).
Example 4. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-011
##STR00117##
[0392] Preparation of Compound INT D: To a solution of INT A (2.00
g, 6.58 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH (30 mL) and THF (15 mL) was added
CeCl.sub.3.7H.sub.2O (2.45 g, 6.58 mmol, 1.0 eq). The reaction
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 10 min. Then NaBH.sub.4
(0.50 g, 13.16 mmol, 2.0 eq) was slowly added and the resulting
mixture was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. TLC (PE/EA=3/1)
showed that the reaction was complete. The reaction mixture was
quenched by addition of saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (50 mL) and
extracted with EA (50 mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were
dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and evaporated to dryness to give the
desired product (1.84 g, 91%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H), 3.65 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 1H),
2.43 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.09-1.97 (m, 3H), 1.97-1.68 (m, 3H),
1.64-1.38 (m, 5H), 1.31-1.20 (m, 2H), 1.19-1.16 (m, 1H), 1.11 (s,
3H), 1.11-1.04 (m, 1H), 1.03 (s, 3H), 1.01-0.93 (m, 2H), 0.88-0.84
(m, 1H), 0.76 (s, 3H).
[0393] Preparation of Compound A0111: To a solution of INT D (500
mg, 1.63 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (10 mL) was added methyl propiolate
(325 mg, 3.30 mmol, 2.0 eq) and NMM (287 mg, 3.30 mmol, 2.0 eq) in
turn. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for two
days. TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed that the reaction was complete. The
reaction mixture was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3 (20
mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and evaporated
to dryness to give the crude product. The residue was purified by
silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA (15:1) to give the
desired product (274 mg, 43%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 7.54 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 5.29 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
1H), 5.24 (d, J=12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.88 (t, J=8.2 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H),
2.42 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.09 (m, 1H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 2H),
1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.70 (m, 2H), 1.62-1.50 (m, 5H), 1.49-1.41
(m, 2H), 1.39-1.29 (m, 1H), 1.19-1.10 (m, 2H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.02
(s, 3H), 1.00-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.79 (s, 3H).
[0394] Preparation of Compound A_011_2: To a solution of compound
A_011_1 (50 mg, 0.128 mmol) in EA (5 mL) was added 5% Pd/C (50%, 25
mg) under argon. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and
purged with H.sub.2 several times. The mixture was stirred under
H.sub.2 balloon at room temperature for 4 h. TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed
that the starting material was consumed completely. Then the
suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and the pad was
washed with EA (5 mL.times.3). The combined filtrates were
concentrated to dryness to give the product (48 mg, 96%) as a white
solid which was used directly in the next step without
purification. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2
Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.66 (s, 3H), 3.32 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H),
2.56 (t, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.42 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.00-1.89 (m, 4H),
1.81-1.67 (m, 2H), 1.57-1.44 (m, 6H), 1.43-1.32 (m, 1H), 1.30-1.13
(m, 4H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.99-0.91 (m, 2H), 0.74 (s,
3H).
[0395] Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-011: To a solution of
compound A_011_2 (60 mg, 0.16 mmol, 1.0 eq) in anhydrous THF (5 mL)
was added dropwise MeLi (1 mL, 1.60 mmol, 10.0 eq, 1.6 M in
Et.sub.2O) at -78.degree. C. under N.sub.2. The reaction mixture
was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 30 min and then warmed to room
temperature for another 30 min. TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed that the
starting material was consumed completely. The reaction mixture was
quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (5 mL). The resulting
solution was extracted with EA (5 mL.times.3). The combined organic
layers were washed with brine (10 mL), and dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was
purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA (10:1) to
give the target product (25 mg, 42%) as white solid. .sup.1H NMR:
(400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.29 (d, J=4.8 Hz, 1H), 3.80-3.62 (m, 2H),
3.27 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.39 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.05-1.86 (m, 4H),
1.76-1.64 (m, 3H), 1.59-1.37 (m, 8H), 1.27-1.20 (m, 1H), 1.19 (s,
6H), 1.12-1.08 (m, 2H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 0.99 (s, 3H), 0.98-0.89 (m,
2H), 0.72 (s, 3H).
Example 5. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-013
##STR00118##
[0397] To a solution of INT E (150 mg, 0.471 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMSO
(1 mL) was added KOH (53 mg, 0.942 mmol, 2.0 eq) and
2,2-dimethyloxirane (340 mg, 4.717 mmol, 10.0 eq). The reaction
mixture was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 16 h. TLC (PE/EA=3/1)
showed the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture
was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL),
and washed with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL.times.2) and
water (10 mL.times.2). The organic phase was dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to afford the crude product
which was purified by column chromatography followed by prep-HPLC
purification to afford pure product ST-200-A-013 (14 mg, 8%).
.sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),
3.57-3.48 (m, 1H), 3.38-3.35 (m, 1H), 3.20 (s, 2H), 2.42-2.40 (m,
1H), 2.03-1.85 (m, 3H), 1.76 (m, 4H), 1.55-1.43 (m, 4H), 1.25 (s,
3H), 1.28-1.25 (m, 6H), 1.17-1.13 (m, 2H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.06-0.96
(m, 5H), 0.92-0.79 (m, 2H), 0.65 (s, 3H).
Example 6. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-017
##STR00119##
[0399] To a solution of compound INT D (150 mg, 0.49 mmol, 1.0 eq)
and 2,2-dimethyloxirane (1.5 g, 20.8 mol, 42.0 eq) in DMSO (3 mL)
was added KOH (56 mg, 1.0 mmol, 2.0 eq), then the reaction mixture
was stirred at 60.degree. C. for 5 h. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) indicated
that the reaction was complete. The solution was cooled to room
temperature, diluted with water (10 mL), extracted with EA (5
mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were concentrated under
reduced pressure to provide the crude product which was purified by
pre-HPLC to give the product (6.6 mg, 3.5%) as a white powder.
.sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 1H),
3.33 (t, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 3.29-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.40-2.50 (m, 2H),
2.05-1.85 (m, 4H), 1.82-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.60-1.35 (m, 9H), 1.34-1.22
(m, 1H), 1.20-1.15 (m, 6H), 1.14-1.11 (m, 1H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.05
(s, 3H), 0.90-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.79 (s, 3H).
Example 7. Preparation of Compound ST-200-A-021
##STR00120##
[0401] To a solution of compound A_001_3 (150 mg, 0.39 mmol, 1.0
eq) in THF/H.sub.2O (4 mL, 1/1), LiOH (90 mg, 2.20 mmol, 5.6 eq)
was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight.
TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed that compound A_0013 was consumed
completely. The mixture was diluted with water (3 mL), washed with
MTBE (5 mL.times.2) and then acidified to pH=4 with 1 M aqueous
HCl. The precipitate was collected by filtration and dried in
vacuum to give the product (54 mg, 37.3%). .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta. 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.43-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.33
(m, 2H), 2.05-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.61 (m, 6H),
1.61-1.50 (m, 6H), 1.50-1.37 (m, 3H), 1.34-1.13 (m, 4H), 1.12 (s,
3H), 1.02 (s, 3H), 0.93-1.01 (m, 3H), 0.61 (s, 3H).
Example 8. Preparation of Compounds ST-200-A-022 and
ST-200-A-023
##STR00121##
[0403] Preparation of Compound 7: To a solution of ketone 6 (16.7
g, 52.71 mmol, 1.0 eq) and ethylene glycol (20 mL) in toluene (450
mL) was added p-toluenesulfonic acid (418 mg, 2.20 mmol). The
reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight with a Dean-Stark
trap. LCMS showed the starting material was consumed completely.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl
acetate (400 mL), and washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (200 mL.times.2) and brine (200 mL.times.2). The
organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in
vacuum to afford crude product 7 (19.0 g, 100%) which was directly
used in the next step without further purification. .sup.1H NMR:
(400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 5.34 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.00-3.85 (m, 4H),
3.53-3.51 (m, 1H), 2.28-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.00 (m, 1H), 1.99-1.95
(m, 1H), 1.86-1.73 (m, 5H), 1.71-1.44 (m, 8H), 1.29 (s, 3H), 1.08
(s, 3H), 1.07 (s, 3H), 1.06-0.92 (m, 1H), 0.77 (s, 3H).
[0404] Preparation of Compound 8: To a solution of compound 7 (19.0
g, 52.71 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (700 mL) was added
Dess-Martin (45.0 g, 105.42 mmol, 2.0 eq) in portions at 0.degree.
C. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3
h. TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed the starting material was consumed
completely. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3/Na.sub.2S.sub.2O.sub.3 (1 L, 1/3). The organic phase
was washed with brine (500 mL) and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and
the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure to afford crude
product 8 (19.0 g, 100%), which was directly used in the next step
without further purification. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.
5.33 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.01-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.34-3.21 (m, 1H), 2.82
(dd, J=16.31, 2.01 Hz, 1H), 2.59-2.40 (m, 1H), 2.37-2.25 (m, 1H),
2.13-1.95 (m, 5H), 1.87-1.41 (m, 13H), 1.30 (s, 3H), 1.21-1.15 (m,
5H), 0.81 (s, 3H).
[0405] Preparation of Compound 9: To a solution of MAD (158 mL, 158
mmol, 3.0 eq, 1 M in toluene, prepared via the method as described
in the synthesis of ST-200-A-001) was added a solution of compound
8 (19.0 g, 52.71 mmol, 1.0 eq) in toluene at -78.degree. C. under
nitrogen. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at this temperature
for 30 min. A solution of MeMgBr (53 mL, 159 mmol, 3.0 eq, 3 M in
Et.sub.2O) was added dropwise at -78.degree. C. The reaction
mixture was warmed to -40.degree. C. and stirred at this
temperature for 3 h. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) showed that the starting
material was consumed completely. The mixture was poured into
saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl solution (300 mL) and extracted with
EA (150 mL.times.2). The combined organic phases were dried over
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, and the solvent was evaporated under reduced
pressure to afford crude product. The crude product was purified by
silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA (15:1) to give the
product (7.70 g, 39%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta. 5.31 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 4.01-3.85 (m, 4H), 2.42 (d,
J=12 Hz, 1H), 2.04-1.96 (m, 1H), 1.96-1.95 (m, 2H), 1.85-1.66 (m,
5H), 1.66-1.61 (m, 2H), 1.61-1.36 (m, 7H), 1.33 (s, 3H), 1.26-1.13
(m, 3H), 1.11 (s, 3H), 1.05 (s, 3H), 0.91-1.00 (m, 2H), 0.80 (s,
3H).
[0406] Preparation of Compound INT C: To a solution of compound 9
(2.7 g, 7.21 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (20 mL) was added aqueous HCl
solution (10 mL, 1 M) and acetone (10 mL). The reaction mixture was
stirred at room temperature overnight. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) indicated
that the reaction was complete. Then the reaction mixture was
diluted with EA (50 mL), washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3
solution (50 mL.times.2), dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
evaporated under reduced pressure to give the product (2.10 g,
88.2%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.
5.31 (d, J=5.2 Hz, 2H), 2.55-2.50 (m, 1H), 2.40 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H),
2.20-2.19 (m, 1H), 2.15-2.10 (m, 3H), 2.08-1.94 (m, 3H), 1.83-1.76
(m, 1H), 1.74-1.65 (m, 3H), 1.62 (s, 3H), 1.61-1.39 (m, 7H),
1.30-1.13 (m, 4H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.61-0.65 (m,
3H).
[0407] Preparation of Compound A_022_1: To a solution of INT C (700
mg, 2.1 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH (10 mL) and THF (5 mL) was added
NaBH.sub.4 (160 mg, 4.2 mmol, 2.0 feq) was added in five portions.
The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. TLC
(PE/EA=3/1) showed the starting material was consumed completely.
The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (50 mL)
and extracted with EA (20 mL.times.2). The combined organic layers
were washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to afford the desired product
A_022_1 (600 mg, 86%).
[0408] Preparation of Compounds ST-200-A-022 and ST-200-A-023: To
solution of A_022_1 (570 mmol, 1.717 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (15 mL)
was added TEA (867 mg, 8.585 mmol, 5.0 eq) and DMAP (63 mg, 0.515
mmol, 0.3 eq). Then BzCl (961 mg, 6.867 mmol, 4.0 eq) was added
dropwise. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for
16 h and then neutralized by addition of 1 M aqueous HCl. The
aqueous layer was separated and extracted with DCM (10 mL.times.3).
The combined organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous
NaHCO.sub.3 (10 mL) and brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate
and concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel
chromatography eluted with PE:EA (15:1) to give product (360 mg,
46.6%) as a write solid which was applied to the SFC separation to
afford the target ST-200-A-022 (100 mg) and ST-200-A-023 (70 mg).
.sup.1H NMR (ST-200-A-022): (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 8.06 (d, J=7.2
Hz, 2H), 7.61-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.49-7.40 (m, 2H), 5.30 (d, J=5.2 Hz,
2H), 5.19-5.08 (m, 1H), 2.40 (d, J=12 Hz, 1H), 2.03-1.86 (m, 3H),
1.85-1.64 (m, 5H), 1.58-1.30 (m, 7H), 1.27 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H),
1.23-1.06 (m, 6H), 1.01-0.83 (m, 5H), 0.68 (s, 3H). .sup.1H NMR
(ST-200-A-023): (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 8.01 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 2H),
7.58-7.50 (m, 1H), 7.47-7.39 (m, 2H), 5.31 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 2H),
5.24-5.14 (m, 1H), 2.43 (d, J=13.2 Hz, 1H), 2.05-1.87 (m, 4H),
1.82-1.61 (m, 5H), 1.55-1.38 (m, 4H), 1.36 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 3H),
1.29-1.14 (m, 4H), 1.12 (s, 3H), 1.04-0.95 (m, 4H), 0.74 (s,
3H)
Example 9. Preparation of Compound ST-200-C-001
##STR00122##
[0410] To a solution of compound ST-200-A-001 (65 mg, 0.167 mmol,
1.0 eq) in ethanol (10 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 15 mg) under
N.sub.2. The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with
H.sub.2 several times. Then the mixture was stirred under 50 psi of
hydrogen pressure at 60.degree. C. for 24 h. TLC (PE:EA=3:1) showed
that the reaction was complete. The suspension was filtered through
a pad of celite and the pad was washed with ethanol (5 mL.times.2).
The combined filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the
crude product, which was purified by silica gel chromatography
eluted with PE:EA (10:1) to give the product (28 mg, 43%) as a
white powder. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 1.90-1.87
(m, 1H), 1.75-1.60 (m, 4H), 1.82-1.65 (m, 2H), 1.55-1.30 (m, 12H),
1.27-1.23 (m, 6H), 1.22 (s, 6H), 1.18-0.95 (m, 8H), 0.82 (s, 3H),
0.72-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.55 (s, 3H).
Example 10. Preparation of Compounds ST-200-C-003 and
ST-200-C-003A
##STR00123##
[0412] To a solution of compound ST-200-A-003 (40.0 mg, 0.10 mmol,
1.0 eq) in EtOH (30 mL) was added Pd/C (10 mg). The mixture was
stirred at 60.degree. C. overnight under 50 psi of hydrogen
pressure. .sup.1H NMR indicated that the reaction was complete.
Then the mixture was filtered through a pad of celite and the
filtrate was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by column chromatography on silica gel (eluent: PE:EA=2:1)
to afford the pure product ST-200-C-003 (12.0 mg, 29.8%) and
ST-200-C-003A (0.8 mg, 2.3%) as a white powder. .sup.1H NMR
(ST-200-C-003): (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 1.97-1.83 (m, 2H),
1.65-1.55 (m, 7H), 1.55-1.42 (m, 4H), 1.41-1.2841 (m, 6H),
1.27-1.21 (m, 5H), 1.20 (s, 6H), 1.16-0.95 (m, 7H), 0.92 (d, J=6.27
Hz, 3H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.65 (s, 3H). .sup.1H NMR (ST-200-C-003A):
(400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 1.98-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.64-1.53 (m, 6H),
1.52-1.29 (m, 7H), 1.25-1.22 (m, 6H), 1.22 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H),
1.05 (s, 3H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.91 (d, J=6.53 Hz, 3H), 0.86-0.80 (m,
2H), 0.65 (s, 3H).
Example 11. Preparation of Compound ST-200-C-007
##STR00124## ##STR00125##
[0414] Preparation of Compound 10: A mixture of compound 1 (28.0 g,
0.097 mol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (3.5 g) in ethanol (400 mL) was
hydrogenated at room temperature overnight under 40 psi of hydrogen
pressure. The suspension was filtered through a pad of celite and
the pad was washed with ethanol (20 mL.times.3). The combined
filtrates were concentrated to dryness to give the product (28.0 g,
0.097 mol, 100%) as the white solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3)
.delta. 3.63-3.53 (m, 1H), 2.42 (dd, J=19.2, 8.4 Hz, 1H), 2.11-2.06
(m, 1H), 19.6-1.87 (m, 1H), 1.83-1.09 (m, 18H), 1.04-0.91 (m, 2H),
0.85 (s, 3H), 0.82 (s, 3H).
[0415] Preparation of Compound 11: To a solution of compound 10
(28.0 g, 0.097 mol, 1.0 eq) and ethylene glycol (30 mL) in toluene
(300 mL) was added p-toluenesulfonic acid (0.7 g, 3.64 mmol). The
reaction mixture was heated at reflux overnight with a Dean-Stark
trap. LCMS showed the starting material was consumed completely.
The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl
acetate (250 mL), and washed with saturated aqueous sodium
bicarbonate (100 mL.times.2) and brine (100 mL.times.2). The
organic phase was dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in
vacuum to afford crude product 11 (30.0 g, 0.090 mol, 93%) which
was directly used in the next step without further purification.
.sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.4.02-3.78 (m, 4H), 3.68-3.48
(m, 1H), 2.04-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.80-1.54 (m, 8H), 1.46-1.32 (m, 5H),
1.31-1.19 (m, 5H), 1.14-1.05 (m, 1H), 1.02-0.86 (m, 2H), 0.83 (s,
3H), 0.80 (s, 3H), 0.72-0.61 (m, 1H).
[0416] Preparation of Compound 12: To a solution of compound 11
(30.0 g, 0.090 mol, 1.0 eq) in dry DCM (300 mL) was added
Dess-Martin oxidant (76.0 g, 0.180 mol, 2.0 eq) at 0.degree. C. The
reaction mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 30 min and then at
room temperature for 2 h. LCMS showed the starting material was
consumed completely. The mixture was quenched with a mixed aqueous
solution of saturated NaHCO.sub.3/Na.sub.2SO.sub.3 (200 mL, 1/3)
and then diluted with DCM (250 mL). The organic layer was washed
with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (100 mL.times.2) and
brine (100 mL.times.2), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated
in vacuum to afford crude product 12 (24.0 g, 0.072 mol, 80%) which
was directly used in the next step without further
purification.
[0417] Preparation of Compound 13: To a solution of MAD (2.16 mol,
3.0 eq, prepared via the method as described in synthesis of
ST-200-A-001) in dry toluene (300 mL) was added dropwise compound
12 (24.0 g, 0.072 mol, 1.0 eq) at -78.degree. C. and the mixture
was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 30 min under nitrogen. Then
MeMgBr (72 mL, 2.16 mol, 3.0 eq, 3 M in ether) was added dropwise
at -78.degree. C. and the resulting mixture was stirred at the same
temperature for 2 h. LCMS showed the starting material was consumed
completely. The reaction mixture was poured into saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl.sub.4 solution (400 mL) and exacted with EA (300
mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were washed with brine
(200 mL.times.2), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in
vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography
eluted with PE: EA (15:1) to give product 13 (16.0 g, 0.046 mol,
72%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.
3.95-3.88 (m, 2H), 3.87-3.82 (m, 2H), 2.02-1.92 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.73
(m, 1H), 1.71-1.50 (m, 9H), 1.50-1.43 (m, 1H), 1.42-1.33 (m, 4H),
1.33-1.28 (m 1H), 1.27-1.19 (m, 7H), 1.08-0.88 (m, 2H), 0.83 (s,
3H), 0.81 (s, 3H).
[0418] Preparation of Compound INT G: A mixture of compound 13
(16.0 g, 46.0 mmol, 1.0 eq) in 1 M aqueous HCl (60 mL), acetone (60
mL) and THF (350 mmL) was stirred at room temperature overnight,
and then diluted with water (200 mL) and neutralized with solid
NaHCO.sub.3 until no CO.sub.2 was evolved. The mixture was
extracted with EA (300 mL.times.2). The combined organic layers
were washed with brine (200 mL.times.2), dried over sodium sulfate
and concentrated in vacuum to afford product INT G (14.0 g, 46.0
mmol, 100%) as a white solid.
[0419] .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 2.44 (dd, J=19.20,
8.41 Hz, 1H), 2.13-2.01 (m, 1H), 1.98-1.89 (m, 1H), 1.85-1.76 (m,
2H), 1.69-1.60 (m, 3H), 1.59-1.42 (m, 5H), 1.33-1.13 (m, 10H),
1.08-0.94 (m, 2H), 0.86 (s, 3H), 0.84 (s, 3H), 0.68-0.77 (m,
1H).
[0420] Preparation of Compound 14: To a solution of
PPh.sub.3CH.sub.3Br (1.4 g, 3.94 mmol, 5.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was
added a solution of t-BuOK (442 mg, 3.94 mmol, 5.0 eq) in THF (5
mL) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 h, a solution of INT
G (0.2 g, 0.657 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (5 mL) was added dropwise. The
reaction mixture was refluxed for 3 h, then cooled room temperature
and quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (50 mL), extracted
with EA (20 mL.times.2). The combined organic layers were washed
with brine (20 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in
vacuum to give the crude product, which was purified by a flash
column chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=15/1) to afford compound 14
(180 mg, 90%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. 4.62 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 2H), 2.51-2.44 (m, 1H), 2.24-2.22 (m,
1H), 1.82-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.75-1.30 (m, 9H), 1.29-1.11 (m, 11H),
1.03-0.95 (m, 3H), 0.83 (s, 3H), 0.77 (s, 3H), 0.72-0.68 (m,
1H).
[0421] Preparation of Compound INT I: To a solution of 9-BBN (0.5 M
in THF, 50 mL, 25.00 mmol, 8.0 eq) under ice-bath, a solution of
compound 14 (0.95 g, 3.14 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (10 mL) was added
dropwise. The reaction mixture was heated to 60.degree. C. and
stirred for 20 h. The mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. and 10%
aqueous NaOH solution (20 mL) followed by 30% aqueous
H.sub.2O.sub.2 (10 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred
for 2 h at 0.degree. C. and then extracted with EA (10 mL.times.2).
The combined organic layers were washed with brine (10 mL), dried
over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to give the crude
product, which was purified by a flash column chromatography
(eluent: PE/EA=10/1) to afford INT I (0.63 g, 63%) as a white
solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 3.74-3.69 (dd,
J.sub.1=10.4 Hz, J.sub.2=6.8 Hz, 1H), 3.56-3.52 (dd, J.sub.1=10.4
Hz, J.sub.2=7.6 Hz, 1H), 1.86-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.69-1.44 (m, 11H),
1.41-1.26 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.21 (m, 5H), 1.19-0.99 (m, 5H), 0.93-0.91
(m, 5H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.74-0.68 (m, 1H), 0.64 (s, 3H).
[0422] Preparation of Compound INT J: To a solution of INT I (500
mg, 1.56 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL) under ice-bath, Dess-Martin
reagent (1.3 g, 3.12 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added. The reaction mixture
was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 h. The mixture was
poured into a solution of NaS.sub.2O.sub.3 (5 g) and NaHCO.sub.3
(1.5 g) in water (20 mL), extracted with EA (20 mL.times.2). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over
sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product
(500 mg, 100%), which was used directly in the next step without
further purification.
[0423] Preparation of Compound C_007_1: A mixture of INT J (500 mg,
1.57 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Ph.sub.3P.dbd.CHCOOCH.sub.3 (3.1 g, 8.27
mmol, 6.0 eq) in toluene (30 mL) was stirred for 3 h at 80.degree.
C. The mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was
purified by a flash column chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=12/1) to
afford product C_007_1 (188 mg, 32%) as a white solid.
[0424] Preparation of Compound C_007_2: A mixture of compound
C_007_1 (188 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 eq) and Pd/C (5%, 60 mg) in EA (10
mL) was stirred for 2 h at room temperature under H.sub.2 (1 atm).
The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in
vacuum to give product C_007_2 (189 mg, 100%), which was used
directly in the next step without further purification.
[0425] Preparation of Compound ST-200-C-007: To a solution of
compound C_007_2 (100 mg, 0.26 mmol, 1.0 eq) in THF (2 mL) at
-78.degree. C., CH.sub.3Li (1.6 M in THF, 1.6 mL, 2.6 mmol, 10.0
eq) was added dropwise under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was
warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. Saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL) was added to quench the reaction and the mixture
was extracted with EA (10 mL.times.2). The combined organic layers
were washed with brine (10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated in vacuum to give the crude product, which was
purified by a flash column chromatography (eluent: PE/EA=8/1) to
afford the target ST-200-C-007 (32.7 mg, 32.7%) as a white solid.
.sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. 1.82-1.81 (m, 1H),
1.75-1.57 (m, 7H), 1.56-1.26 (m, 10H), 1.24 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 6H),
1.18-0.83 (m, 10H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.71-0.66 (m, 1H), 0.58 (s,
3H).
Example 12. Preparation of Compound ST-200-C-011
##STR00126##
[0427] Preparation of Compound INT H: To a solution of INT G (1.00
g, 3.28 mmol, 1.0 eq) in MeOH (20 mL) and THF (8 mL) was added
CeCl.sub.3.7H.sub.2O (1.22 g, 3.28 mmol, 1.0 eq). Then NaBH.sub.4
(0.25 g, 6.56 mmol, 2.0 eq) was added in five portions and the
mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The reaction
slurry was quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (50 mL) and
extracted with EA (20 mL.times.3). The combined organic layers were
washed with brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated in vacuum to give the desired product (0.97 g, 97%) as
a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 3.62 (t, J=8.4
Hz, 1H), 2.10-2.04 (m, 1H), 1.79-1.77 (m, 1H), 1.70-1.35 (m, 13H),
1.31-1.15 (m, 11H), 1.14-0.84 (m, 5H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.72 (s, 3H),
0.70-0.61 (m, 1H)
[0428] Preparation of Compound C_011_1: To a solution of INT H (500
mg, 1.63 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (20 mL), NMM (830 mg, 8.21 mmol, 5.0
eq) and methyl propiolate (690 mg, 8.21 mmol, 5.0 eq) were added.
The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h, then washed
with water (30 mL) and brine (30 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and
concentrated in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel
chromatography eluted with PE: EA (15:1) to give the product (500
mg, 78.6%) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR: (400 MHz, CDCl3)
.delta.=7.53 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 5.24 (d, J=12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.86 (t,
J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.06 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.81 (m, 1H),
1.70-0.85 (m, 30H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.78 (s, 3H), 0.72-0.64 (m,
1H).
[0429] Preparation of Compound C_011_2: To a solution of C_011_1
(500 mg, 1.289 mmol, 1.0 eq) in EA (20 mL) was added Pd/C (10%, 50
mg). The suspension was degassed under vacuum and purged with
H.sub.2 several times. The mixture was stirred at 30.degree. C. for
16 h under 30 psi of hydrogen pressure. TLC (PE/EA=3/1) showed the
reaction was complete. The suspension was filtered through a pad of
celite and the pad was washed with EA (20 mL.times.5). The combined
filtrates were concentrated in vacuum to give the product (430 mg,
85.5%) as a white solid.
[0430] Preparation of Compound ST-200-C-011: To a solution of
C_011_2 (100 mg, 0.256 mmol, 1.0 eq) in dry THF (1 mL), MeLi (1.3
mL, 2.048 mmol, 8.0 eq) was added dropwise at -78.degree. C. under
N.sub.2. The resulting mixture was stirred at this temperature for
0.5 h, and then the temperature was allowed to warm to room
temperature and stirred at this temperature for another 1 h. TLC
(PE/EA=3/1) showed the reaction was complete. The mixture was
quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl and extracted with EA
(10 mL.times.3). The combined organic layers were washed with brine
(10 mL), dried over sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuum. The
residue was purified by silica gel chromatography eluted with PE:EA
(10:1) to give the product (30 mg, 30%) as a white solid. .sup.1H
NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 3.86 (s, 1H), 3.78-3.61 (m, 2H), 3.29
(t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 2.10-1.95 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.81 (m, 1H), 1.74 (t,
J=5.6 Hz, 2H), 1.69-1.61 (m, 3H), 1.55-1.28 (m, 9H), 1.24-1.22 (m,
9H), 1.22-0.83 (m, 8H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.74 (s, 3H), 0.69-0.62 (m,
1H).
Example 13. Preparation of Compound ST-200-C-013
##STR00127##
[0432] To a solution of INT I (150 mg, 0.469 mmol, 1.0 eq) in DMSO
(1 mL) was added KOH (53 mg, 0.937 mmol, 2.0 eq) and
2,2-dimethyloxirane (337 mg, 4.687 mmol, 10.0 eq). The reaction
mixture was stirred at 50.degree. C. for 16 h. TLC (PE/EA=10/1)
showed the starting material was consumed completely. The mixture
was cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL)
and washed with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL.times.2) and
water (10 mL.times.2). The organic phase was dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated in vacuum to afford crude product which
was purified by column chromatography followed by prep-HPLC to
afford pure product. ST-200-C-013 (26 mg, 15.8%). .sup.1H NMR: (400
MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 3.72 (dd, J=7.3, 9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.35 (dd, J=6.8,
9.3 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (s, 2H), 2.34 (s, 1H), 1.84-1.80 (m, 1H),
1.79-1.63 (m, 5H), 1.54-1.27 (m, 8H), 1.25 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 6H),
1.18-0.83 (m, 7H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.74-0.65 (m, 1H), 0.63 (s,
3H)
Example 14. Preparation of Compounds ST-200-C-017 and
ST-200-C-017A
##STR00128##
[0434] A solution of ST-200-A-017 (60 mg, 0.159 mmol, 1.0 eq) and
Pd/C (10 mg) in EtOH (10 mL) was stirred at 50.degree. C. under 50
psi of hydrogen pressure for 16 h. The reaction solution was
filtered through a pad of celite and the filtrate was concentrated
in vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography
eluted by PE:EA (20:1) to give ST-200-C-017 (21 mg) and
ST-200-C-017A (4.6 mg) as a white solid. .sup.1H NMR
(ST-200-C-017): (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta. 3.73-3.71 (m, 1H), 3.31
(t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.48 (s, 1H), 2.01-1.91 (m,
1H), 1.88-1.84 (m, 1H), 1.68-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.51-1.49 (m, 4H),
1.47-1.42 (m, 1H), 1.31-1.24 (m, 7H), 1.20-1.83 (m, 6H), 1.15-1.10
(m, 1H), 1.03-0.95 (m, 2H), 0.90-0.85 (m, 1H), 0.81 (s, 3H), 0.65
(s, 3H), 0.70-0.61 (m, 1H). .sup.1H NMR (ST-200-C-017a): (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta. 3.33 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.27-3.22 (m, 2H), 2.45 (s,
1H), 2.10-1.91 (m, 1H), 1.89-1.78 (m, 3H), 1.69-1.61 (m, 1H),
1.58-1.51 (m, 1H), 1.50-1.30 (m, 7H), 1.29-1.24 (m, 5H), 1.20 (s,
3H), 1.29-1.10 (m, 8H), 1.09-1.01 (m, 1H), 0.98 (s, 3H), 0.75 (s,
3H).
Example 15. Preparation of Compounds 3-Alpha-A2 and 3-Beta-A2
##STR00129## ##STR00130## ##STR00131##
[0436] Preparation of compound BB-2: Under nitrogen a solution of
BB-1 (1.75 g, 4.06 mmol) in THF (35 mL), prepared as described in
Steroids (2006) 71:18, was cooled to 0.degree. C. Methylmagnesium
chloride (22% (w/w) in THF, 19.5 mL, 58.1 mmol) was added dropwise.
Stirring at 0.degree. C. was continued for 15 minutes and reaction
mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirring was
continued for two hours. Saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (5 mL) was
added slowly. Precipitate formed and was dissolved by addition of
water (10 mL). EtOAc (50 mL) and brine (20 mL) were added. Layers
were separated. Aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2.times.50
mL). Combined organic layers were dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
solvents were removed in vacuo. Residue was coevaporated with
dichloromethane (50 mL). BB-2 (1.54 g, 3.95 mmol, 97%) was obtained
as an off-white solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta.
(ppm): 5.32-5.43 (1H, m), 3.46-3.61 (1H, m), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.19
(3H, s), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.93 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0437] Preparation of compound BB-3: Under nitrogen in an oven
dried flask a solution of oxalyl chloride (0.622 mL, 7.26 mmol) in
dichloromethane (19 mL) was cooled to -78.degree. C. Dimethyl
sulfoxide (0.60 mL, 8.47 mmol) was added slowly. After 25 minutes a
solution of BB-2 (0.470 g, 1.209 mmol) in CHCl.sub.3 (38 mL) was
added dropwise over 25 minutes The solution was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 2.5 hours. Triethyl amine (3.36 ml, 24.19 mmol)
was added dropwise at -78.degree. C. Stirring was continued 15
minutes. Cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued for 10
min. Aqueous saturated NH.sub.4Cl (10 mL) was added and reaction
mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. Dichloromethane (50 mL) and
water (20 mL) were added. Layers were separated and organic layer
was washed with water (20 mL). Combined aqueous layers were diluted
with brine (20 mL) and were extracted with EtOAc (2.times.75 mL).
Combined organic layers were dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
solvents were removed in vacuo. Flash chromatography (heptane,
5%-30% EtOAc) afforded BB-3 (238 mg, 0616 mmol, 51%) as a white
solid. .sup.1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 5.31-5.38
(1H, m), 3.22-3.34 (1H, m), 2.83 (1H, dd, J=16.4 Hz, 2.1 Hz),
2.41-2.54 (1H, m), 2.25-2.34 (1H, m), 1.95-2.08 (3H, m), 1.82-1.93
(1H, m), 1.21 (3H, s), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, s), 0.94 (3H, d,
J=6.5 Hz), 0.71 (3H, s).
[0438] Preparation of compounds 3-.alpha.-OH A2 and 3-.beta.-OH A2:
In a glove box in a flame dried flask, THF (degassed, 3 mL) was
added to anhydrous cerium(III) chloride (0.319 g, 1.29 mmol). The
suspension was stirred at RT overnight. The white, fine suspension
was taken out of the glove box. THF (dry, 1 mL) was added and thaw
mixture was stirred under argon for 15 minutes at RT. Under argon
the white, fine suspension was cooled to -78.degree. C. At this
temperature methyllithium, 1.6M in Et2O (0.79 mL, 1.27 mmol) was
added dropwise. A yellow suspension formed and was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 1.5 h. A solution of BB-3 (0.100 g, 0.259 mmol)
in THF (dry, 2 mL) was added dropwise over 5 min. The colour of the
reaction mixture changed from yellow to brown. Reaction mixture was
stirred at -78.degree. C. for 45 min. Cooling bath was removed and
reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. 5% aq. AcOH (2 mL) was
added. Reaction mixture turned into a colourless, clear solution.
EtOAc (10 mL) was added. Mixture was allowed to warm to RT. Layers
were separated and aq. layer was extracted with EtOAc (2.times.10
mL). Combined org. layers were dried with sodium sulfate and
solvents were removed in vacuo. Flash chromatography (H, 5%-20%
EtOAc) afforded compound A2 (3a-OH) (33 mg, 0.082 mmol; 63.5%) and
compound A2 (3.beta.-OH) (13 mg, 0.032 mmol; 25.0%). (3.alpha.-OH):
.sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 5.43-5.38 (m,
1H), 2.46-2.37 (m, 1H), 2.05-1.80 (m, 4H), 1.73-1.23 (m, 15H), 1.22
(s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.18-0.99 (m, 9H), 0.98 (s,
1H), 0.94 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.68 (s, 3H). (3.beta.-OH):
.sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 5.34-5.28 (m,
1H), 2.47-2.38 (m, 1H), 2.07-1.92 (m, 3H), 1.91-1.66 (m, 3H),
1.63-1.24 (m, 13H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.18-1.12 (m, 3H),
1.11 (s, 3H), 1.10-1.02 (m, 2H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 1.00-0.94 (m, 1H),
0.93 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.91-0.82 (m, 1H), 0.68 (s, 3H).
Example 16. Preparation of Compounds 3-Alpha-A28 and 3-Beta-A28
##STR00132##
[0440] In a glove box in a flame dried flask THF (degassed, 1.5 mL)
was added to anhydrous cerium(III) chloride (0.207 g, 0.841 mmol).
The suspension was stirred at RT overnight. The white, fine
suspension was taken out of the glove box and stirred under argon
for 15 min. Under argon the white, fine suspension was cooled to
-78.degree. C. At this temperature ethyllithium, 0.5M in
benzene/cyclohexane (1.68 mL, 0.841 mmol) was added dropwise. A
yellow suspension formed and was stirred at -78.degree. C. for 30
min. A solution of BB-3 (0.065 g, 0.168 mmol) in THF (dry, 1.5 mL)
was added dropwise over 3 min. The colour of the reaction mixture
changed from yellow to brown. Reaction mixture was stirred at
-78.degree. C. for 45 min. A brown, milky suspension was obtained,
TLC (H/E; 2:1) showed complete conversion of the starting material
and formation of a more polar spot. Cooling bath was removed and
reaction mixture was stirred for 10 min. 5% aq. AcOH (2 mL) was
added. After addition of brine (2 mL), reaction mixture turned into
a colourless, clear solution. EtOAc (5 mL) was added. Mixture was
allowed to warm to RT. Layers were separated and aq. layer was
extracted with EtOAc (2.times.5 mL). Combined org. layers were
dried with sodium sulfate and solvents were removed in vacuo. 60 mg
of a white solid were obtained. Separation on silica gel
impregnated with AgNO.sub.3 (H, 5%-20% EtOAc) afforded compound A28
(3 .alpha.-OH) (6 mg, 0.014 mmol; 8.56%) and compound A28
(3.beta.-OH) (4 mg, 0.0096 mmol; 5.71%). (3.alpha.-OH): .sup.1H-NMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 5.45-5.38 (m, 1H), 2.40-2.33
(m, 1H), 2.05-1.93 (m, 2H), 1.92-1.80 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.23 (m, 15H),
1.20 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.18-0.98 (m, 7H), 0.97 (s, 3H),
0.96-0.90 (m, 6H), 0.89-0.81 (m, 2H), 0.68 (s, 3H). (3.beta.-OH):
.sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta.(ppm): 5.33-5.25 (m, 1H),
2.41-2.31 (m, 1H), 2.06-1.93 (m, 3H), 1.90-1.78 (m, 1H), 1.77-1.23
(m, 20H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 1.17-1.05 (m, 5H), 1.03 (s,
3H), 1.01-0.95 (m, 1H), 0.93 (d, J=6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.92-0.88 (m, 1H),
0.84 (t, J=7.4 Hz, 3H), 0.67 (s, 3H).
Example 17. Preparation of Compound B6
##STR00133## ##STR00134##
[0442] Preparation of compound B6a. Acetic anhydride (15.36 ml, 164
mmol) was added to a suspension of Stigmasterol (22.5 g, 54.5 mmol)
in pyridine (90 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was
incubated at room temperature for 42 h. TLC[heptane (2):ethyl
acetate(1)] showed complete conversion to a higher eluting product
after p-anisaldehyde staining. Water (300 ml) was added to the
reaction mixture to quench the excess acetic anhydride. After
stirring for 1 h, the white solid was filtered and thoroughly
washed with water (9.times.250 ml). The white solid was dried in a
vacuum oven at 40.degree. C. in presence of a beaker of sodium
hydroxide over the weekend to obtain product B6a (24.63 g, 54.2
mmol, Yield=99%) as white powder. B6a was used as such in the
following experiment(s). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
(ppm): 5.38-5.37 (1H, m), 5.15 (1H, dd, J=15.1, 8.6 Hz), 5.01 (1H,
dd, J=15.1, 8.6 Hz), 4.64-4.56 (1H, m), 2.33-2.31 (2H, m), 2.03
(3H, s), 1.90-1.82 (2H, m), 1.75-1.65 (1H, m), 1.02 (6H, t, J=3.2
Hz), 0.86-0.78 (9H, m), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0443] Preparation of compound B6b. Bromine (1.754 ml, 34.1 mmol)
was added to a solution of iodobenzene (3.66 ml, 32.7 mmol) in
n-heptane (100 ml) and the solution was cold to -5.degree. C. under
nitrogen atmosphere. A solution of Stigmasteryl acetate B6a (13.5
g, 29.7 mmol) in n-heptane (700 ml) was also cooled to -5.degree.
C. under nitrogen atmosphere, stirred vigorously, and the solution
prepared above was added dropwise over a period of 2.5 h under a
nitrogen atmosphere to maintain the solution a pale yellow color.
The resulting solution was stirred overnight and then filtered.
TLC[heptane(9):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion to a
slightly lower eluting product after vanillin staining. The
solution was concentrated under vacuum until dryness. The residue
was purified by column (900 g) chromatography [heptane (95):
diisopropyl ether(5)]. The pure product containing fractions were
collected and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain B6b (9.06
g, 14.7 mmol, Yield=50%) as a white powder. B6b was used as such in
the following experiments). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. (ppm): 5.48 (1H, sep, J=5.4 Hz), 5.15 (1H, dd, J=15.1, 8.6
Hz), 5.02 (1H, dd, J=15.1, 8.6 Hz), 4.84 (1H, brd), 2.05 (3H, s),
1.46 (3H, s), 1.01 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.90-0.79 (15H, m), 0.72 (3H,
s).
[0444] Preparation of compound B6c. A solution of
5.alpha.,6.beta.-Dibromostigmastan-3.beta.-yl acetate B6b (8.11 g,
13.20 mmol) in molecular sieves dried dichloromethane (240 ml) and
pyridine (3.05 ml, 37.7 mmol) was cooled in a liquid nitrogen/ethyl
acetate bath. A stream of ozone rich oxygen was passed into the
solution through a sintered glass sprayer for one hour. The color
of reaction mixture turned slightly blue. TLC[heptane(9):ethyl
acetate(1)] showed complete conversion of the starting material
under UV.sub.254. The ozonolysis reaction was stopped. The reaction
mixture was immediately poured into a mixture of glacial acetic
acid (33.2 ml, 581 mmol) and zinc, dust (21.57 g, 330 mmol) and
stirred at room temperature overnight. The solution was filtered,
washed successively with water (200 ml), 10% aqueous sodium
hydrogen carbonate (200 ml), 5% aqueous sodium hydroxide (200 ml)
and brine (200 ml), and then dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate.
Evaporation of the solvent afforded crude
Cholest-5-en-3.beta.-ol-22-al B6c which was purified by flash
column (300 g) chromatography [heptane (100=>90):ethyl
acetate(0=>10)]. The product containing fractions were collected
and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain
Cholest-5-en-3.beta.-ol-22-al B6c (2.58 g, 6.93 mmol, Yield=53%) as
a white powder. B6c was used as such in the following experiments).
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 9.57 (1H, d, J=3.3 Hz),
5.38 (1H, brd), 4.65-4.56 (1H, m), 2.41-2.28 (3H, m), 2.04 (3H, s),
2.03-1.92 (2H, m), 1.91-1.81 (3H, m), 1.13 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.03
(3H, s), 0.73 (3H, s).
[0445] Preparation of compound B6d. To a solution of
(methoxymethyl)triphenyl-phosphonium chloride (0.789 g, 2.30 mmol)
in dry THF (6.4 mL) at -10.degree. C. under an atmosphere of argon
was added n-BuLi 1.6M in hexanes (1.342 mL, 2.15 mmol). The
solution was stirred for 5 min at room temperature, followed by
addition of B6c (0.2 g, 0.54 mmol) in dry THF (1.3 mL). The mixture
was stirred for 30 min at room temperature. The reaction mixture
was poured in saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (75 mL) and extracted
twice with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 mL). The combined organic layers
were washed with brine dried on Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the crude
product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica,
heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->88:12) to afford B6d (103 mg, 0.29
mmol, yield=54%). B6d was obtained as 1:1 E/Z-mixture according to
NMR. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 6.24 (0.5H, d,
J=12.6 Hz), 5.74 (0.5H, d, J=6.2 Hz), 5.34 (1H, brd), 4.59 (0.5H,
dd, J=12.5, 9.3 Hz), 4.17 (0.5H, dd, J=9.8, 6.3 Hz), 3.58-3.46 (1H,
m), 3.55 (1.5H, s), 3.47 (1.5H, s), 2.67-2.54 (0.5H, m), 2.33-2.18
(2H, m), 2.04-1.78 (6H, m), 1.77-1.65 (1H, m), 1.04 (1.5H, d, J=6.6
Hz), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.98 (1.5H, d, J=6.7 Hz), 0.72 (1.5H, s), 0.69
(1.5H, s).
[0446] Preparation of compound B6e. Acetic anhydride (0.079 mL,
0.84 mmol) was added to a suspension of B6d (0.1 g, 0.279 mmol) in
pyridine (3 mL) under nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was
incubated at room temperature for 42 h. Water (60 mL) was added to
the reaction mixture to quench the excess acetic anhydride. After
stirring for 1 h, the white solid was filtered and thoroughly
washed with water (9.times.250 mL). The white solid was dried in a
vacuum oven at 40.degree. C. overnight to obtain product B6e (111
mg, 0.28 mmol, Yield=99%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3)
.delta.(ppm): 6.24 (0.5H, d, J=12.6 Hz), 5.73 (0.5H, d, J=6.2 Hz),
5.37 (1H, brd), 4.66-4.55 (1H, m), 4.59 (0.5H, dd, J=12.5, 9.3 Hz),
4.17 (0.5H, dd, J=9.8, 6.3 Hz), 3.55 (1.5H, s), 3.47 (1.5H, s),
2.66-2.54 (0.5H, m), 2.35-2.28 (2H, m), 2.03 (3H, s), 2.02-1.91
(3H, m), 1.90-1.81 (2H, m), 1.77-1.66 (1H, m), 1.04 (1.5H, d, J=6.6
Hz), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.99 (1.5H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.72 (1.5H, s), 0.69
(1.5H, s).
[0447] Preparation of compound B6f. To a solution of B6e (0.111 g,
0.28 mmol) in acetone (9 mL) was added 0.1 M aqueous HCl (1 mL,
0.10 mmol). The resulting white suspension was stirred for 1 h at
room temperature, followed by 1 h at 70.degree. C. and at room
temperature overnight. The mixture heated at 70.degree. C. for 2 h,
cooled to room temperature and diluted with H.sub.2O (50 mL). The
reaction mixture was evaporated until dryness, coevaporated with
MeOH (50 mL) and CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL). This seems to be a
mixture of the desired product and the dimethyl acetal. To a
solution of this mixture (0.12 g, 0.28 mmol) in acetone (10 mL) was
added 0.1 M aqueous HCl (1 mL, 0.10 mmol). The resulting white
suspension was stirred for 2 h at 70.degree. C. 1,4-Dioxane (5 mL)
was added, which caused the insoluble to dissolve. The reaction
mixture was heated to 70.degree. C. for another 2 h, allowed to
cool to room temperature and stirred over the weekend. The reaction
mixture was diluted with H.sub.2O (50 mL) and extracted with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.50 mL). The combined organic layers were
washed with brine, dried on Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the solvents
evaporated. The crude product was coevaporated with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL) to yield B6f (119 mg, 0.31 mmol,
yield=111%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 9.75 (1H,
m), 5.37, (1H, brd), 4.66-0.454 (1H, m), 2.47 (1H, dd, J=15.8, 2.4
Hz), 2.36-2.28 (2H, m), 2.17 (1H, ddd, J=15.8, 9.3, 3.3 Hz), 2.03
(3H, s), 1.02 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.70 (3H, s).
[0448] Preparation of compound B6 g. Compound B6f (0.11 g, 0.285
mmol) was dissolved in t-butanol (5 mL), dry THF (1 mL) and
2-methyl-2-butene (0.512 mL, 4.84 mmol). The solution was stirred
and cooled with an iced bath. A solution of NaClO.sub.2 (0.028 g,
0.313 mmol) and K.sub.2HPO.sub.4 (0.043 g, 0.313 mmol) in
demineralized Water (3 ml) was slowly added to the solution over a
period of 5 minutes and the mixture was stirred 2 h at 0.degree. C.
The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. Extra
NaClO.sub.2 (0.028 g, 0.313 mmol) and K.sub.2HPO.sub.4 (0.043 g,
0.313 mmol) dissolved in H.sub.2O (3 mL) was added slowly to the
reaction mixture and stirring was continued for 2 h. The reaction
mixture was poured into saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (250 mL) and
extracted three times with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (75 mL). The combined
organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and
evaporated under reduced pressure. The white solid residue (2.26 g,
163%) was triturated in petroleum ether 40-60 (10 mL). The white
solid was filtered, washed twice with petroleum ether 40-60 (5 mL)
and dried on air for 0.5 h to obtain B6f (0.089 g, 0.22 mmol,
Yield=78%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 10.0 (1H,
bs), 5.37 (1H, brd), 4.66-4.55 (1H, m), 2.53-2.44 (1H, m),
2.36-2.26 (2H, m), 2.04 (3H, s), 1.04 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 1.02 (3H,
s), 0.72 (3H, s).
[0449] Preparation of compound B6 h. To a solution of B6 g (0.09 g,
0.224 mmol) in CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (10 mL) were added oxalyl chloride
(0.048 mL, 0.56 mmol) and DMF (cat). The solution was stirred for 2
h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with dry
MeOH (150 mL, 3703 mmol) and stirred at 40.degree. C. till all
solids were dissolved. The reaction mixture was evaporated till
dryness and the crude product was purified by flash column
chromatography (silica, heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->95:5) and
coevaporated with THF twice to afford B6 h (85 mg, 0.20 mmol,
yield=91%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 5.37 (1H,
brd), 4.66-4.55 (1H, m), 3.66 (3H, s), 2.43 (1H, dd, J=14.1, 2.9
Hz), 2.38-2.25 (2H, m), 2.04 (3H, s), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.99 (3H, d,
J=6.2 Hz), 0.72 (3H, s).
[0450] Preparation of compound B6. A solution of B6 h (0.085 g,
0.20 mmol) in dry THF (3 mL) was cooled to 0.degree. C. under an
atmosphere of argon. MeMgCl 3.0M in THF (0.68 mL, 2.04 mmol) was
added drop wise using a syringe. The reaction mixture was stirred
for 1 h at 0.degree. C., followed by 2 h at room temperature.
MeMgCl 3.0M in THF (0.68 mL, 2.04 mmol) was added again at room
temperature and stirring was continued overnight. The reaction
mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (75 mL) and
extracted three times with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.50 mL). The
combined organic layers were washed with brine dried on
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the crude product was purified by flash column
chromatography (silica, heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->4:1) to
afford B6 (45 mg, 0.12 mmol, yield=59%) as a white fluffy solid.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 5.35 (1H, brd), 3.53 (1H,
sep, J=5.1 Hz), 2.34-2.17 (2H, m), 2.03 (1H, dt, J=12.6, 3.3 Hz),
2.01-1.94 (1H, m), 1.93-1.79 (3H, m), 1.23 (6H, s), 1.06 (3H, d,
J=6.5 Hz), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.72 (3H, s).
Example 18. Preparation of Compound B7
##STR00135##
[0452] Preparation of compound B7d: Cholest-5-en-3.beta.-ol-22-al
B7c (1.33 g, 3.57 mmol) was dissolved in t-butanol (75 ml),
tetrahydrofuran (dry) (15 ml) and 2-methyl-2-butene (13.22 ml, 125
mmol). The solution was stirred and cooled with an iced bath. A
freshly prepared solution of sodium chlorite (0.355 g, 3.93 mmol)
and potassium phosphate, monobasic, p.a. (0.534 g, 3.93 mmol) in
demineralized water (45 ml) was slowly added to the solution over a
period of 30 minutes and the mixture was stirred 2 hour at
0.degree. C. The ice bath was removed, the temperature of the
mixture was raised to room temperature, and stirred overnight.
TLC[heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed partial conversion to a
lower eluting product after vanillin staining. Extra sodium
chlorite (0.355 g, 3.93 mmol) and potassium phosphate, monobasic,
p.a. (0.534 g, 3.93 mmol) dissolved in water (45 ml) was added
slowly to the reaction mixture and stirring was continued for 2 h.
TLC[heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion to a
lower eluting product after vanillin staining. The reaction mixture
was poured into saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (250 ml) and
extracted three times with dichloromethane (100 ml). The combined
organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was twice stripped
with toluene (50 ml) followed by dichloromethane (50 ml). The white
solid residue (2.26 g, 163%) was triturated in petroleum ether
40-60 (10 ml) for 0.5 h. The white solid was filtered, washed twice
with petroleum ether 40-60 (10 ml) and dried on air (leaving the
vacuum pump on) for 0.5 h to obtain B7d (1.27 g, 3.26 mmol,
Yield=91%) as a white powder. B7d was used as such in the following
experiments). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 10.31 (1H,
bs), 5.37 (1H, brd), 4.65-4.56 (1H, m), 2.47-2.39 (1H, m),
2.36-2.26 (2H, m), 2.04 (3H, s), 2.01-1.92 (2H, m), 1.90-1.76 (3H,
m), 1.24 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.71 (3H, s).
[0453] Preparation of compound B7e. Carboxylic acid B7d (0.1 g,
0.257 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane (10 ml). Oxalyl
chloride (0.044 mL, 0.515 mmol) and N,N-dimethylformamide (one
drop) were added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 h. A
sample of the reaction was poured out in methanol, evaporated until
dryness, and analyzed on TLC[heptane(3):ethyl acetate(1)] which
showed complete conversion to the methyl ester after vanillin
staining. The reaction mixture was diluted with methanol (50 mL,
1234 mmol) (dried on mol. sieves), evaporated under reduced
pressure, stripped with anhydrous toluene, and dichloromethane. The
residue was purified by flash column (4 g) chromatography
[heptane(99=>80):ethyl acetate(1=>20)]. The product
containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced
pressure to obtain B7e (0.104 g, 0.257 mmol, Yield=100%). B7e was
stripped with toluene (2.times.5 ml), dichloromethane (2.times.5
ml) and anhydrous tetrahydrofuran (2.times.5 ml) and used as such
in the next reaction step. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm):
5.37 (1H, brd), 4.65-4.56 (1H, m), 3.65 (3H, s), 2.47-2.38 (1H, m),
2.36-2.26 (2H, m), 2.03 (3H, s), 2.01-1.92 (2H, m), 1.90-1.82 (2H,
m), 1.19 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.69 (3H, s).
[0454] Preparation of compound B7. Methyl ester B7e (0.104 g, 0.258
mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (2.6 ml) and cooled in
an ice bath under argon. After 20 minutes, methylmagnesium chloride
3.0M in THF (0.861 ml, 2.58 mmol) was added dropwise via a syringe.
Some gas evolution was observed. After stirring the reaction
mixture for 0.5 h, the cooling bath was removed, and stirring was
continued for 2 h. TLC [heptane(3):ethyl acetate(1)] showed
complete conversion of the starting material to two lower eluting
products after vanillin staining. Stirring was continued for 1 h.
The reaction mixture was poured out into saturated aqueous solution
of ammonium chloride (75 ml) under stirring and extracted with
dichloromethane (3.times.50 ml). The extracts were combined, dried
over sodium sulfate and evaporated. The residue was triturated in
methanol (2 ml) for 0.5 h, the white solid was filtered, and the
filter residue was washed with methanol (2 ml). Almost no material
was left on the filter, most of it was present in the filtrate.
Filtrate and filter residue were combined and purified by flash
column chromatography [heptane (99=>70): ethyl acetate
(1=>30)]. The product containing fractions were collected and
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was dried at
40.degree. C. in a vacuum oven overnight to obtain B7 (0.044 g,
0.122 mmol, Yield=47%) as a white solid. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 5.35 (1H, m), 3.53 (1H, sep, J=5.2 Hz),
2.34-2.19 (2H, m), 2.10 (1H, dt, J=12.6, 3.4 Hz), 2.03-1.88 (2H,
m), 1.88-1.79 (2H, m), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.15 (3H, s), 1.00 (3H, s),
0.98 (3H, d, J=6.9 Hz), 0.73 (3H, s).
Example 19. Preparation of Compound B8
##STR00136##
[0456] Preparation of compound B8b. In a flame dried round bottom
flask, a solution of NaHMDS (0.070 ml, 0.349 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) was added to a solution of
silyloxyphosphonate ester B8a (0.143 g, 0.403 mmol) in
tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) at -78.degree. C. The solution was
stirred for 15 minutes at -78.degree. C. under argon atmosphere.
Then a solution of Cholest-5-en-3.beta.-ol-22-al B7c (0.1 g, 0.268
mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) was slowly added via a
syringe. The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature
and stirred for 20 h. TLC[heptane(3):ethyl acetate(1)] showed
partial conversion to an higher eluting product after vanillin
staining. The reaction mixture was quenched by the addition of
aqueous saturated ammonium chloride (50 ml) and extracted with
dichloromethane (3.times.50 ml). The combined organic layers were
washed with water (50 ml), dried over sodium sulfate, and
concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column (4
g) chromatography [heptane(100=>90): diisopropyl ether
(0=>10)]. The product containing fractions were collected and
evaporated under reduced pressure to afford product B8b (0.117 g,
0.187 mmol, Yield=70%) as white powder. According to NMR a 7:3
mixture of E- and Z-isomers was obtained. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 5.70 (1H, d, J=10.4 Hz), 5.23 (1H, brd),
5.17-5.13 (1H, m), 4.51-4.40 (1H, m), 4.11-4.00 (2H, m), 3.16-3.07
(0.3H[Z-isomer], m), 2.68-2.57 (0.7H[E-isomer], m), 2.20-2.10 (2H,
m), 1.89 (3H, s), 1.89-1.77 (2H, m), 1.75-1.67 (2H, m), 0.89-0.85
(6H, m), 0.84-0.77 (10H, m), 0.59 (0.9H[Z-isomer], s), 0.57
(2.1H[E-isomer], s), 0.05-0.00 (6H, m).
[0457] Preparation of compound B8c. Glacial acetic acid (0.060 ml,
1.047 mmol) and cesium fluoride (0.080 g, 0.524 mmol) were added to
a suspension of B8b (0.1 g, 0.175 mmol) in acetonitrile (anhydrous)
(4 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere at 0.degree. C. The resulting
mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 30 min and at room
temperature for 2 h. LCMS-NQAD (acid) showed little conversion of
the starting material to a product with unclear product mass.
Dichloromethane (2 ml) was added to the reaction mixture, and the
reaction mixture immediately turned to a yellow clear solution. The
reaction mixture was stirred overnight. Extra cesium fluoride
(0.080 g, 0.524 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and
stirring was continued for 24 h. Extra cesium fluoride (0.080 g,
0.524 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture again and stirring
was continued for 4 h. Although TLC [heptane(3):ethyl acetate(1)]
showed still a little bit of starting material present in the
reaction mixture, the reaction mixture was diluted with
dichloromethane (75 ml) and washed with saturated aqueous sodium
hydrogen carbonate (50 ml). The organic layer was dried over sodium
sulfate and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by flash column (25 g) chromatography
[heptane(100=>90):ethyl acetate(0=>10)] to remove the
remaining starting material (only visible on TLC). The product
containing fractions were collected and evaporated under reduced
pressure to afford product B8c (0.051 g, 0.111 mmol, Yield=64%).
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 5.37 (1H, brd),
4.65-4.55 (1H, m), 4.31, (2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 2.89 (1H, dd, J=16.8,
3.0 Hz), 2.57 (1H, dd, J=16.8, 9.9 Hz), 2.37-2.25 (2H, m), 2.04
(3H, s), 2.09-1.91 (2H, m), 1.90-1.77 (3H, m), 1.37 (3H, t, J=7.1
Hz), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.97 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.72 (3H, s).
[0458] Preparation of compound B8d. A solution of B8c (0.051 g,
0.111 mmol) in dichloromethane (1 ml) was cooled in an ice bath
under nitrogen atmosphere for 0.5 h. Diethylaminosulfur trifluoride
(DAST) (0.027 ml, 0.222 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture
was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred overnight.
Extra diethylaminosulfur trifluoride (DAST) (0.027 ml, 0.222 mmol)
was added and stirring was continued for 20 h. TLC[heptane(3):ethyl
acetate(1)] showed still no complete consumption of the starting
material after vanillin staining. LCMS-ELSD (base): 47% product at
rt=3.43 with m/z(+)=421, corresponds to desired product were
acetate group is eliminated [M-CH.sub.3COOH+H].sup.+. The reaction
mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (50 ml) and washed with
saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate (50 ml). The aqueous layer was
separated and twice extracted with dichloromethane (50 ml). The
extracts were combined with the former organic layer, dried over
sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue
was purified by flash column chromatography
[heptane(100=>90):ethyl acetate(0=>90)]. The product
containing fractions were collected, evaporated under reduced
pressure and stripped with dichloromethane (5 ml) to afford product
B8d (0.027 g, 0.056 mmol, Yield=51%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 5.37 (1H, brd), 4.65-4.55 (1H, m), 4.32,
(2H, q, J=7.1 Hz), 2.37-2.28 (2H, m), 2.27-2.09 (1H, m), 2.03 (3H,
s), 2.04-1.92 (2H, m), 1.90-1.81 (3H, m), 1.35 (3H, t, J=7.1 Hz),
1.06 (3H, d, J=6.1 Hz), 1.02 (3H, s), 0.88 (6H, t, J=6.8 Hz), 0.70
(3H, s).
[0459] Preparation of compound B8. Compound B8d (0.027 g, 0.056
mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) under argon
atmosphere. The mixture was cooled in an ice bath for 15 minutes
and lithium aluminium hydride, 2.4M in THF (0.047 ml, 0.112 mmol)
was added gradually. Some gas evolution was observed. The reaction
mixture was cooled and stirred for 1 h. TLC[heptane(3):ethyl
acetate(1)] showed complete conversion to mainly one lower eluting
product after vanillin staining. The ice bath was removed and
stirring was continued for 1 h. The reaction mixture was quenched
with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (50 ml) and extracted
three times with dichloromethane (50 ml). The combined extracts
were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced
pressure. The residue was purified by flash column (4 g silica)
chromatography [heptane(100=>85):ethyl acetate(0=>15)]. The
product containing fractions were collected and evaporated under
reduced pressure. The residue was transferred to a vial (4 ml) with
methanol and the methanol was evaporated at 37.degree. C. under a
stream of nitrogen. The residue was dried at 40.degree. C. in a
vacuum oven overnight to afford product B8 (0.011 g, 0.028 mmol,
Yield=49%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 5.35
(1H, m), 3.71 (2H, t, J=12.8 Hz), 3.58-3.48 (1H, m), 2.35-2.18 (2H,
m), 2.15-1.93 (3H, m), 1.92-1.73 (5H, m), 1.70-1.40 (9H, m), 1.08
(3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.72 (3H, s).
Example 20. Preparation of Compound B10
##STR00137##
[0461] In a flame dried flask under argon a solution of BB-1 (100
mg, 0.23 mmol) and titanium (IV) isopropoxide (0.07 mL, 0.23 mmol)
in THF (dry, 2 mL) was cooled to 0.degree. C. Ethylmagnesium
bromide (1.0M in THF, 1.16 mL) was added dropwise. Reaction mixture
was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 15 minutes, TLC (H/E; 2:1) showed
starting material and two new spots. Reaction mixture was allowed
to warm to RT and stirring was continued for 1 h, Reaction mixture
was then cooled to 0.degree. C. and ethylmagnesium bromide (1.0M in
THF, 1.16 mL) was added dropwise. Reaction mixture was stirred at
0.degree. C. for 15 minutes, TLC (H/E; 2:1) showed complete
conversion and a single new spot. The reaction mixture was diluted
with Et.sub.2O (2 mL). Aq. sat. NH.sub.4Cl (2 mL) and H.sub.2O (2
mL) were added at 0.degree. C. Solids were filtered off over cotton
and the filter cake was washed with Et.sub.2O (10 mL). The
colourless layers were separated and the aq. layer was extracted
with Et.sub.2O (20 mL) and a mixture of Et.sub.2O and EtOAc (20 mL;
1:1). Org. layers were dried with Na2SO4 and solvents were removed
in vacuo. 125 mg of a white solid were obtained. Flash
chromatography (heptane, 5%-30% EtOAc) afforded compound B10 (37
mg, 0.096 mmol; 41.2%). 1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm):
5.36-5.35 (m, 1H), 3.58-3.46 (m, 1H), 2.32-2.21 (m, 2H), 2.03-1.93
(m, 2H), 1.91-1.80 (m, 3H) 1.77 (s, 1H), 1.69-1.37 (m, 10H),
1.34-0.82 (m, 9H), 1.01 (s, 3H), 0.93 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.75-0.71
(m, 2H), 0.69 (s, 3H), 0.46-0.39 (m, 2H).
Example 21. Preparation of Compounds B13a-B14
##STR00138##
[0463] Preparation of compound B13a. To a solution of BB-2 (762 mg,
1.961 mmol) in Pyridine (15 ml) at 0.degree. C. was added acetic
anhydride (0.185 ml, 1.961 mmol) and DMAP (23.95 mg, 0.196 mmol) (a
slightly yellowish suspension which slowly dissolves). The mixture
was stirred at RT overnight. TLC (Heptane/EtOAc 2:1) showed full
conversion. The RM was diluted with EtOAc (100 ml) and water (100
ml) and the layers were separated. The water layer was extracted
with EtOAc (2.times.). The organic layers were combined and washed
with water (3.times.) and brine, dried with Na2SO4 and
concentrated. The obtained solid was co-evaporated three times with
toluene, EtOH and DCM. The material was purified by flash
chromatography (40 gr silica, 4-40% EtOAc in heptane, loaded with
DCM). Compound B13a (687 mg, 1.595 mmol; 81%) was obtained as a
white solid. .sup.1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 5.37
(1H, d, 5.1 Hz), 4.60 (1H, m), 1.99 (3H, s), 1.20 (6H, s), 1.01
(3H, s), 0.93 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0464] Preparation of compound B13b. To a solution of compound B13a
(687 mg, 1.595 mmol) in Dichloromethane (8.5 ml) under nitrogen,
was added TMS-N.sub.3 (0.233 ml, 1.755 mmol), followed by
BF.sub.3.OEt.sub.2 (0.842 ml, 3.19 mmol). The mixture was stirred
at RT for 2 hours. TLC showed almost complete conversion into a
higher eluting spot. Impurities present. Stirred for another 30
minutes after which the RM was diluted with 2M NaOH (25 ml) and DCM
(25 ml). The layers were separated. The water layer was extracted
with DCM (2.times.). The organic layers were combined and washed
with brine, dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and concentrated and
purified by flash chromatography (40 gr silica, 4-40% EtOAc in
heptane, loaded with DCM to give compound B13b (660 mg, 1.376 mmol;
86%). .sup.1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta.(ppm): 5.37 (1H, d,
4.8 Hz), 4.60 (1H, m), 2.03 (3H, s), 1.20 (6H, s), 1.01 (3H, s),
0.93 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0465] Preparation of compound B13. To a solution of compound B13b
(660 mg, 1.448 mmol) in Diethyl ether (dry) (15 ml) at 0.degree. C.
under argon, was added LiAlH.sub.4 in Et20 (0.797 ml, 3.19 mmol)
(white suspension was formed). The mixture was stirred for 30
minutes at 0.degree. C. and for 1 hour at RT, after which TLC
showed complete conversion of the SM into a low eluting spot
(amine). The mixture was cooled to 0.degree. C. again and WATER
(0.057 ml, 3.19 mmol) and NaOH, 4M solution in water (0.797 ml,
3.19 mmol) were added. Stirred for 30 minutes at RT and filtered
over Celite with diethyl ether and THF. The organic layer was dried
with Na2SO4 and the solvent evaporated. The crude product was
purified by gravity column chromatography (100 gr silica, loaded
with DCM). First, the column was eluted with DCM:MeOH (95:5), to
flush off all the impurities. Then, the column was eluted with
DCM:7M NH3 in MeOH (95:5), to obtain compound B13 (400 mg, 1.032
mmol; 71.2%). .sup.1HNMR (300 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 5.35
(1H, d, 5.1 Hz), 3.51 (1H, m), 1.07 (6H, s), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.93
(3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0466] Preparation of compound B14. Compound B13 (50 mg, 0.129
mmol) was dissolved in Tetrahydrofuran (dry) (2 ml) by slightly
heating, then Mel (8.07 .mu.l, 0.129 mmol) (1 mL from a stock
solution of 81 microliter Mel in 10 mL of THF) and K2C03 (21.39 mg,
0.155 mmol) were added. Stirring overnight at rt. The solid was
filtered off, washed with water and dried. The mixture was purified
on a 12 g pre-packed flash column (GraceResolve.TM.) run in DCM/7N
NH.sub.3 in MeOH 97.5/2.5 15 ml/min, 1 min. fractions. Compound B14
(18 mg, 0.045 mmol, 34.7%) was thus obtained. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3): .delta.(ppm): 5.35 (1H, d, 4.8 Hz), 3.53 (1H, m), 2.30
(3H, s), 1.02 (9H, s), 0.93 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
Example 22. Preparation of Compound B17
##STR00139##
[0468] Preparation of compound B17a.
1-(3-Dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI)
(0.282 g, 1.468 mmol), and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt)
(0.018 g, 0.133 mmol) were added at 0.degree. C. to a solution of
3.beta.-hydroxy cholenic acid (0.5 g, 1.335 mmol),
N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (0.143 g, 1.468 mmol), and
N,N-diisopropylethylamine (0.256 ml, 1.468 mmol) in dichloromethane
(15 ml) under nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed
to warm to room temperature over the weekend. Extra
1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI)
(0.282 g, 1.468 mmol) and 1-hydroxy-7-azabenzotriazole (HOAt)
(0.018 g, 0.133 mmol) were added and stirring was continued for 2
h. The reaction was diluted with dichloromethane (100 ml), washed
with 0.5N aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate (75 ml), and saturated
aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (75 ml), dried over sodium
sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
purified by flash column (4 g silica)
chromatography[heptane(80=>66):ethyl acetate(20=>33)]. The
product containing fractions were collected and evaporated under
reduced pressure. The residue was stripped with methanol and dried
at 40.degree. C. overnight to afford B17a (0.495 g, 1.185 mmol,
Yield=89%) as a white powder. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta.(ppm): 5.36-5.35 (1H, m), 3.69 (3H, s), 3.58-3.48 (1H, m),
3.18 (3H, s), 2.49-2.41 (1H, m), 2.37-2.20 (3H, m), 2.03-1.96 (2H,
m), 1.96-1.75 (4H, m), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.95 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.69
(3H, s).
[0469] Preparation of compound B17b. Under argon atmosphere, B17a
(0.2 g, 0.479 mmol) was dissolved in Tetrahydrofuran (dry) (5 ml)
and cooled to -75.degree. C. Methylmagnesium bromide 3.0M in
diethylether (0.798 ml, 2.394 mmol) was added dropwise (exothermic,
temperature raised to -40.degree. C.). After the addition, the
reaction mixture dropped down to -75.degree. C. The cooling bath
was removed and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room
temperature over a period of 20 minutes, and stirred 5 h.
TLC[heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion to a
higher eluting product after vanillin staining. The reaction
mixture was quenched by addition of a saturated aqueous ammonium
chloride (75 ml) and extracted with dichloromethane (2.times.75
ml). The combined extracts were dried over sodium sulfate and
evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified via
flash column (4 g) chromatography [heptane (80=>66):ethyl
acetate (20=>33)]. The product containing fractions were
collected and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
stripped with methanol and dried at 40.degree. C. overnight to
afford B17b (0.117 g, 0.314 mmol, Yield=66%) as a white solid. The
product was used as such in the next step. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 5.36-5.34 (1H, m), 3.56-3.48 (1H, m),
2.50-2.30 (2H, m) 2.30-2.19 (2H, m), 2.14 (3H, s), 2.02-1.94 (2H,
m), 1.90-1.81 (3H, m), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.67
(3H, s).
[0470] Preparation of compound B17. Compound B17b (0.117 g, 0.314
mmol) was dissolved in ethanol (Abs) (5 ml) under nitrogen
atmosphere and cooled to 0.degree. C. Sodium borohydride (0.018 g,
0.471 mmol) was added in one portion (beware for foaming) and the
reaction mixture was allowed to warm slowly to room temperature.
After stirring for 3 h, TLC[heptane(2): ethyl acetate(1)] showed
complete consumption of the starting material after vanillin
staining. Excess sodium borohydride was decomposed with a saturated
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (50 ml). The reaction mixture
was extracted with dichloromethane (3.times.50 ml). The extracts
were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated under
reduced pressure. The residue was dried at 40.degree. C. in a
vacuum oven overnight to afford B17 (0.105 g, 0.280 mmol,
Yield=89%) as a white solid. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm):
5.36-5.34 (1H, m), 3.75 (1H, q, J=5.8 Hz), 3.53 (1H, sep, J=5.5
Hz), 2.32-2.20 (2H, m), 2.02-1.95 (2H, m), 1.90-1.79 (3H, m), 1.19
(3H, dd, J=6.1, 2.1 Hz), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.93 (3H, d, J=5.5 Hz), 0.68
(3H, s).
Example 23. Preparation of Compound B18
##STR00140##
[0472] 3.beta.-hydroxy cholenic acid (0.1 g, 0.267 mmol) was
suspended in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (5 ml) under argon atmosphere.
Lithium aluminium hydride, 2.4M in THF (0.222 ml, 0.534 mmol) was
added gradually. Some gas evolution was observed. The reaction
mixture was heated to 60.degree. C. and stirred overnight.
TLC[heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion to a
higher eluting product after molybdenum staining. Ethyl acetate (50
ml) and water (50 ml) were added carefully to destroy the excess
reagent. The insoluble was filtered and washed with ethyl acetate
(3.times.5 ml). The washings were combined with the filtrate and
the organic phase was separated. The aqueous phase was twice more
extracted with ethyl acetate (25 ml), and the combined extracts
were washed with brine (75 ml), dried over sodium sulfate and
evaporated under reduced pressure to afford product B18 (0.032 g,
0.089 mmol, Yield=33%) as white powder. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 5.36-5.35 (1H, m), 3.65-3.58 (2H, bs),
3.57-3.48 (1H, m), 2.32-2.20 (2H, m), 2.03-1.93 (2H, m), 1.89-1.79
(3H, m), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.94 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
Example 24. Preparation of C12, C32, and C33
##STR00141##
[0474] Preparation of compound C12. Compound C12e (300 mg, 0.720
mmol) was dissolved in Tetrahydrofuran (dry) (7 ml) and cooled to
4.degree. C. under Argon. Then, Methylmagnesium chloride, 3M in THF
(2.400 ml, 7.20 mmol) was added via a syringe at such a speed that
the temperature did not exceed 7.degree. C. Stirring at 4.degree.
C. for 20 min and then at rt. After 2 h, TLC revealed complete
reaction. The rx was dropped onto a stirred saturated solution of
NH.sub.4Cl and extracted with EtOAc (2.times.). Some MeOH was added
to assure that all the product dissolves in the organic layer. The
extract was dried (Brine, Na.sub.2SO.sub.4) and evaporated. The
residue was stirred in a little MeOH (5 ml) and the white solid was
filtered off and dried: Compound C12 (168 mg, 0.448 mmol; 62.3%).
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, DMSO-D.sub.6): .delta.(ppm): 5.36 (1H, d, 4.6
Hz), 4.61 (1H, d, J=4.3 Hz), 4.03 (1H, s), 3.26 (1H, m), 2.32 (1H,
m), 1.03 (6H, s), 0.87 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.65 (3H, s).
[0475] Preparation of compound C32a. Compound C12e (74 mg, 0.178
mmol) was dissolved in Ethanol (Abs) (10 ml) and Palladium, 10% On
Charcoal (18.90 mg, 0.018 mmol) was added. The rx was flushed with
nitrogen and consecutively with hydrogen. It was stirred vigorously
at rt. LCMS after 2 h indicated complete conversion whereas TLC did
not show any change. The rx was again flushed with nitrogen and the
Pd/C was filtered off through a fritted tube (3 frits). Still Pd/C
in the filtrate. The EtOH was evaporated and the residue was
dissolved in DCM and filtered through a small cotton plug. This
gave a clear solution. DCM was evaporated to give compound C32a (68
mg, 0.162 mmol; 91% yield). Used as such without further
purification. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 4.68
(1H, m), 3.66 (3H, s), 2.02 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.66
(3H, s).
[0476] Preparation of compound C32. Compound C32a (68 mg, 0.162
mmol) was dissolved in Tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1.5 ml) and cooled to
0.degree. C. under argon. Then, Methylmagnesium chloride (0.541 mL,
1.624 mmol) was added. Vigorous gas evolution is seen. Stirring at
0.degree. C. and after 3 min. at rt. A little more methylmagnesium
chloride (0.1 mL, 0.300 mmol) was added after 2 hours. Stirring
overnight at rt. Next day, the rx was poured into 50 ml of sat. aq.
NH4Cl and extracted 3.times. with EtOAc. EtOAc dried (brine,
sulfate) and evaporated. The residue was purified by column
chromatography: The crude mixture was dissolved in DCM with a few
drops MeOH to aid dissolution and applied to a pre-packed flash
silica column. It was eluted 30 ml/min fractions of 30 sec. with: 5
min 100% heptane; 20 min 0=>20% EtOAc/heptane and 20 min 20%
EtOAc/Heptane isocratic. The product fractions were combined, the
solvent evaporated and the white solid residue was triturated in
Et20, filtered off and dried to give compound C32 (25 mg, 0.063 mg;
38.8% yield). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 3.58
(1H, m), 1.19 (6H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.66 (3H, s).
[0477] Preparation of compound C33a. Compound C12 (110 mg, 0.294
mmol) was suspended in Toluene (dry) (7 ml) and
1-methyl-4-piperidone (1.666 mg, 0.015 mmol) and Aluminium
isopropoxide (93 mg, 1.028 mmol) were added. Stirring at reflux
temp, for 4 h. TLC: still s.m. present. More Aluminium isopropoxide
(100 mg, 0.884 mmol) was added. Continue reflux. After 2 h, more
Aluminium isopropoxide (100 mg, 0.884 mmol) was added. Continue
reflux for 3 h. Then the last amount of Aluminium isopropoxide (100
mg, 0.884 mmol) was added. Reflux for 2 h more. Then the rx was
allowed to cool to rt, diluted with EtOAc and extracted with 1N HCl
to remove the 3. The yellow-colored aqueous layer was extracted
2.times. with EtOAc. The combined EtOAc fractions was washed with
1N HCl (3.times.), dried (brine, sulfate) and evaporated. The
residue was stripped with DIPE to leave behind a white powder. This
crude mixture was purified on a 40 g pre-packed flash column
(GraceResolve.TM.) applied in CHCl3 with a little MeOH; run in a
gradient 30 ml/min: 2 min 100% Heptane; 38 min 0=>20%
Heptane/EtOAc; 10 min 20% Heptane/EtOAc; fraction size 30 sec.
Product C33a (84 mg, 0.225 mmol; 77%) was thus obtained. .sup.1HNMR
(400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .quadrature.(ppm): 5.82 (1H, s), 1.20 (6H,
s), 0.93 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.73 (3H, s).
[0478] Preparation of compound C33b. Compound C33a (84 mg, 0.225
mmol) was dissolved in Ethanol (25 ml) and flushed with nitrogen.
Then, Palladium on calcium carbonate, (.about.10% as Pd; 23.99 mg,
0.023 mmol, 10%) was added and the rx was again flushed with
nitrogen. Then the rx was flushed with hydrogen and vigorously
stirred under hydrogen. After 3 h, TLC indicated completion of the
reaction. It was again flushed with nitrogen and the catalyst was
filtered off over hyflo, the EtOH evaporated. The mixture was
purified on a 12 g pre-packed flash column (GraceResolve.TM.) run
isocratic in Heptane/EtOAc 9/1; sample applied in DCM; 15 ml/min 1
min fraction-size; Product C33b (40 mg, 0.107 mmol; 47.4%) was thus
obtained. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 2.60
(1H, t, J=14.4 Hz), 1.20 (6H, s), 0.93 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.70 (3H,
s).
[0479] Preparation of compound C33. Compound C33b (5 mg, 0.013
mmol) was dissolved in Tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) and cooled to
-78.degree. C. Then, K-Selectride (0.020 mmol, 0.020 ml) was added
and the reaction mixture was stirred for 6 hours under nitrogen.
The reaction was stopped by the addition of a 10% NaOH solution
(0.1 mL) followed by the addition of 30% hydrogen peroxide solution
(0.2 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and
stirring was continued for 30 minutes. The mixture was extracted
with ethyl acetate, the combined organic layers were washed with
brine, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and evaporated. The crude
product was purified by flash column chromatography using 2:1
Heptane/EtOAc. Compound C33 (2.2 mg, 0.00502 mmol; 37.6%) was thus
obtained. LCMS: 83% pure, contains 17% of the 3a-OH isomer.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 4.12 (1H, t, J=2.7
Hz), 1.20 (6H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.67 (3H, s).
Example 25. Preparation of D15
##STR00142##
[0481] Compound C33b (40 mg, 0.107 mmol) was dissolved in
tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) under argon and cooled to -78.degree.
C. Then, Methyllithium 1.6M (0.320 mmol, 0.200 ml) was added.
Stirring at -78.degree. C. TLC after 2 h: still much s.m. present.
The rx was allowed to reach r.t. slowly. TLC after 1 h: still much
s.m. present and a thick precipitate present, more Tetrahydrofuran
(dry) (1 mL) was added to aid dissolution. After 30 min; the rx was
almost completely dissolved. Continue stirring for 1 h. TLC: s.m.
still present but 90+% conversion. The rx was stirred 30 min.
longer and then quenched. Sat. aq. NH4Cl was added and the product
was extracted with DCM (3.times.). 32 mg yield (crude). The aq.
layer was saturated with NaCl and extracted again this time with
EtOAc (3.times.). Now 36 mg crude product. The mixture was purified
on a 12 g pre-packed flash column (GraceResolve.TM.) run in a
gradient 15 ml/min: 2 min 100% Heptane; 28 min 0=>15%
Heptane/EtOAc; 20 min 15% Heptane/EtOAc; fraction size 60 sec. The
product D15 (11 mg, 0.027 mmol; 25.05%) was thus obtained.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 1.21 (3H, s), 1.20
(6H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.67 (3H, s).
Example 26. Preparation of D10 and D16
##STR00143##
[0483] Preparation of 3-alpha-D16 compound. Compound D10a (68 mg,
0.182 mmol) was dissolved in Tetrahydrofuran (dry) (2 ml) under
argon and cooled to 0.degree. C. Then, Methylmagnesium chloride
(0.605 ml, 1.815 mmol) was added. After 10 min, the rx was stirred
at rt for 3 h. The rx was then added to 100 mL of sat. aq. NH4C1,
rx vessel rinsed with THF and DCM, and stirred for 0.5 h with DCM.
The product was extracted twice more with DCM. DCM dried (brine,
sulfate) and evaporated and Purification on a silica column run in
30 ml/min fractions 30 sec. Gradient: 5 min 100% heptane; 25 min
100/0 H/EtOAc=>80/20 heptane/EtOAc; 20 min 80/20 heptane/EtOAc.
Compound D16 (3.alpha.-OH) (21 mg, 0.054 mmol; 29.6%) was thus
obtained. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 1.19
(9H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.66 (3H, s).
[0484] Preparation of 3-beta-D16 compound. Compound D10a (57 mg,
0.152 mmol) was dissolved in Toluene (dry) (1 ml) under argon and
cooled to -78.degree. C. Then, MAD, 0.4 M solution in toluene
(1.141 ml, 0.456 mmol) was added. After 10 min. stirring at
-78.degree. C., Methyllithium, 1.6 M solution in diethyl ether
(0.285 ml, 0.456 mmol) was added. Stirring for 2 h at -78.degree.
C. under argon. After 2 h at that temperature, the reaction was
allowed to stir and warm to rt. After 2 additional hour it was
quenched by adding it to saturated NH4C1. The rx vessel was rinsed
with EtOAc. Product extracted with EtOAc (2.times.). EtOAc dried
(brine, Na2SO4) and evaporated. The mixture was purified on a 12 g
pre-packed flash column (GraceResolve.TM.) applied in DCM and run
in a gradient 30 ml/min: 5 min 100% Heptane; 25 min 0=>15%
Heptane/EtOAc; 20 min 15% Heptane/EtOAc; fraction size 30 sec.
Product D16 (3/?-OH) (35 mg, 0.090 mmol; 58.8%) was thus obtained.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta.(ppm): 1.23 (3H, s), 1.20
(6H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.66 (3H, s).
[0485] Preparation of compound D10a. Compound C32 (222 mg, 0.589
mmol) was dissolved in Chloroform (dry) (15 ml) by slightly
heating. Then the solution was cooled in a water bath (did not
crystallize upon cooling) and PCC (191 mg, 0.884 mmol) was added.
Stirring while still in the water-bath. TLC after 1 h:
.about.60-70% conversion. Stirring overnight. The solution was then
transferred to a separatory funnel and the deposit was extensively
washed with DCM and added to the separatory funnel. Washing with
0.5N KHSO.sub.4. The aq. phase was washed with DCM, org. phase
combined and dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 (no brine) and evaporated.
The mixture was purified on a 12 g pre-packed flash column
(GraceResolve.TM.) run in a gradient 30 ml/min: 5 min 100% H; 25
min 0=>15% H/EA; 20 min 15% H/EA; fraction size 30 sec. 100
tubes. Compound D10a (132 mg, 0.352 mmol; 59.8%) was thus obtained.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 1.20 (6H, s), 0.92
(3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.69 (3H, s).
[0486] Preparation of compound D10. Compound D10a (73 mg, 0.195
mmol) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (2 ml) under argon and
trifluoromethyltrimethylsilane (0.086 ml, 0.585 mmol) and Cesium
fluoride (2.96 mg, 0.019 mmol) were added. Stirring at rt. The
solution became slightly yellow slowly. TLC after 3 h: full
conversion. The rx was diluted with DCM and extracted with water.
No phase separation. Brine (equal volume) was added. Good
separation. The aq. layer was again extracted with DCM; DCM
combined and dried (Na2SO4) and evaporated. 103 mg crude product
(102%). Flash column on a 12 g pre-packed column run in 30 min.
gradient from 0=>2.5% DIPE in heptane. The impure
TMS-intermediate was thus obtained as an impure mixture of the
3.alpha.- and 3.beta.-OH products and used as such: The
intermediate was dissolved in 1,4-Dioxane (4 ml) and 1N HCl (1 mL,
1.000 mmol) is added. Stirring at rt. TLC after 1 h: s.m. gone.
Water was added and the product was extracted with DCM 3.times. and
dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated. The crude product was purified on
a C18-column run in a gradient of MeCN/water 95/5=>0/100 12 min
then 12 min isocratic 100% water. Compound D10 (14 mg, 0.030 mmol;
22.9%) was thus obtained. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta.
(ppm): 1.19 (6H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.6 Hz), 0.67 (3H, s).
Example 27. Preparation of Compound D1
##STR00144##
[0488] In a flame dried tube a colorless clear solution of compound
D13a (97 mg, 0.250 mmol) and Trifluoromethyltrimethylsilane (0.119
ml, 0.749 mmol) in THF (dry, 1 mL) was cooled to 0.degree. C. under
argon. Cesium fluoride (20 mg, 0.132 mmol) was added. Reaction
mixture stayed colorless and was stirred at 0.degree. C. for 5 min.
Cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued at RT for 1.5
h. Reaction mixture had turned brown-yellow, TLC (Heptane/EtOAc,
1:1) complete conversion. Reaction mixture was left standing at RT
overnight. H2O (1 mL) and EtOAc (5 mL) were added. Layers were
separated and aq. layer was extracted with EtOAc (2.times.5 mL).
Combined org. layers were dried with Na2SO4 and solvents were
removed in vacuo. Flash chromatography (Heptane, 5%-20% EtOAc)
afford the impure 3-OTMS intermediate. This was used as such: Aq.
HCl (1N, 1 mL) was added to a solution of the 3-OTMS intermediate
in THF (1 mL). Reaction mixture was stirred at RT overnight, TLC
(H/E; 1:1) complete conversion. Solvents were removed in vacuo. A
yellow solid was obtained, Purification by flash chromatography
(Heptane; 15%-35% EtOAc) afforded compound D1 (36 mg, 0.078 mmol;
31.4%). .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .quadrature.(ppm): 1.20
(6H, s), 0.96 (3H, s), 0.89 (3H, d, J=10.6 Hz), 0.65 (3H, s).
Example 28. Preparation of D2a-D2 Compounds
##STR00145##
[0490] Preparation of compound D2a. Under an atmosphere of argon,
compound BB-1a (1 g, 2.57 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (25 ml),
and palladium, 10% on activated carbon (0.137 g, 0.129 mmol) was
added. The argon atmosphere was replaced by hydrogen (balloon) and
the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature
overnight. The reaction mixture was filtered over hyflo and the
filter residue was washed with methanol (50 ml) and dichloromethane
(2.times.50 ml). The filtrate and washings were combined and
evaporated under reduced pressure to afford product D2a (1.01 g,
2.57 mmol, Yield=100%) as white powder. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 3.66 (3H, s), 3.59 (1H, oct, J=5.1 Hz),
2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4, 10.3, 5.1 Hz), 2.21 (1H, ddd, J=15.8, 9.5,
6.3 Hz), 1.94 (1H, dt, J=12.4, 3.3 Hz), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz),
0.65 (3H, s), 0.62 (1H, ddd, J=14.8, 8.1, 4.1 Hz).
[0491] Preparation of compound D2b. A suspension of pyridinium
chlorochromate (PCC) (0.969 g, 4.49 mmol) in dichloromethane (10
ml) (dried over molecular sieves) was cooled to 0.degree. C. under
nitrogen atmosphere. A solution of D2a (0.585 g, 1.498 mmol) in
dichloromethane (5 ml) (dried over molecular sieves) was added
gradually. After stirring for 1 h, a color change from orange to
dark brown was observed. The ice bath was removed and stirring was
continued for 3.5 h. TLC[heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed
complete clean conversion to a higher eluting product after
vanillin staining. The reaction mixture was diluted with a 2:1
mixture of heptane/ethyl acetate (15 ml), eluted over a short pad
of silica (30 g) and the pad was twice rinsed with heptane/ethyl
acetate/dichloromethane 2:1:1 (60 ml). The elute was washed with
0.5N aqueous potassium hydrogen sulfate (90 ml). The washing was
back extracted with dichloromethane (90 ml) and this extract was
combined with the former organic layer, dried over sodium sulfate,
filtered and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was
stripped twice with dichloromethane to afford D2b (0.555 g, 1.428
mmol, Yield=95%) as a white solid. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3)
.delta. (ppm): 3.66 (3H, s), 2.04-1.94 (2H, m), 1.91-1.74 (2H, m),
1.73-1.66 (1H, m), 1.01 (3H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.64 (3H,
s).
[0492] Preparation of compound D2c. Under an atmosphere of argon,
dibromomethane (1.268 ml, 18.01 mmol) was added to a stirred
suspension of zinc (3.99 ml, 57.9 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (dry)
(30 ml) (slightly exothermic). The mixture was cooled to
-40.degree. C. in a dry ice/acetonitrile bath and stirring for 10
minutes. Titanium(IV) chloride (1.533 ml, 13.90 mmol) was added
gradually at such a rate that the temperature did not exceed
-30.degree. C. (very exothermic). The dry ice/acetonitrile bath was
removed and the mixture was stirred in an ice bath for 4 h at an
internal temperature between 0-5.degree. C. Part of the black
suspension (3 ml) was added at room temperature to a solution of
D2b (0.1 g, 0.257 mmol) in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (10 ml). The
mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. TLC [Heptane (2): ethyl acetate
(1)] showed mainly starting material present in the reaction
mixture after molybdenum staining. Another part of the suspension
(3 ml) was added and stirring was continued for 5 minutes.
TLC[Heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed still mainly starting
material present in the reaction mixture after molybdenum staining.
The rest of the suspension was added and after stirring for 5
minutes, TLC[Heptane(2):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete
conversion of the starting material to mainly one very apolar
product after molybdenum staining. The reaction mixture was poured
out in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (100 ml) (beware
for foaming) and extracted three times with ethyl acetate (100 ml).
The combined extracts were washed with brine (150 ml), dried over
sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue
was chromatographed on silica gel (12 g flash column) using an
eluent with gradient of 0-5% diisopropyl ether in heptane to
provide D2c (0.058 g, 0.150 mmol, Yield=58%) as a white solid
product. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.(ppm): 4.55 (2H,
brd), 3.66 (3H, s), 2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4, 10.3, 5.1 Hz), 2.21 (1H,
ddd, J=15.8, 9.7, 6.4 Hz), 2.19-2.09 (2H, m), 2.06-1.71 (6H, m),
1.69-1.61 (1H, m), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.85 (3H, s), 0.69-0.60
(1H, m), 0.65 (3H, s).
[0493] Preparation of compound D2d. To a solution of D2c (0.058 g,
0.150 mmol) in dry dichloromethane (2 ml) (dried on molsieves) was
added potassium carbonate (anhydrous) (0.027 g, 0.195 mmol) under
nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting mixture was cooled in an
ice/water bath, and solid 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (70-75%)
(mCPBA) (0.039 g, 0.158 mmol) was added in a one portion. The
reaction mixture was stirred overnight. TLC[heptane(9):ethyl
acetate(1)] showed partial clean conversion after vanillin
staining. Extra potassium carbonate (anhydrous) (0.027 g, 0.195
mmol) and 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (70-75%) (w-CPBA) (0.039 g,
0.158 mmol) was added and stirring was continued for 2 h.
TLC[heptane(9):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion after
vanillin staining. The reaction mixture was filtered and the
precipitated benzoate salt was washed with dichloromethane
(2.times.5 ml). The solvent was removed in vacuo to afford D2d
(0.060 g, 0.149 mmol, Yield=99%) as a white solid residue.
According to NMR a 2:1 mixture of .alpha.-O- and
.beta.-O-diastereoisomers was obtained. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 3.66 (3H, s), 2.62
(0.33H[.alpha.-diastereoisomer], d, J=4.8 Hz), 2.61
(0.33H[.alpha.-diastereoisomer], d, J=4.9 Hz), 2.57
(0.33H[p-diastereoisomer], bs), 2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4, 10.3, 5.1
Hz), 2.21 (1H, ddd, J=15.7, 9.4, 6.3 Hz), 2.10-1.99 (1H, m),
1.99-1.92 (1H, m), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.86
(1H[.beta.-diastereoisomer], s,), 0.84
(2H[.alpha.-diastereoisomer], s), 0.66 (3H, s).
[0494] Preparation of compound D2e (.alpha.-OH and .beta.-OH). A
mixture of D2d (0.055 g, 0.137 mmol) in methanol (extra dry) (5.5
ml) was heated until a clear colorless solution was obtained. The
solution was allowed to cool to room temperature under a nitrogen
atmosphere and sodium methoxide, 5.4M (30 wt. %) solution in
methanol (0.239 mmol, 0.080 ml) was added. The reaction mixture was
heated to reflux and stirred overnight. TLC[heptane(4):ethyl
acetate(1)] showed complete conversion after vanillin staining,
product not visible. The reaction mixture was poured out in a
saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (50 ml) and three
times extracted with dichloromethane (50 ml). The combined extracts
were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated. According to TLC, a
very polar product was formed. The methyl ester moiety was
hydrolyzed to the carboxylic acid due to presence of water in the
reaction mixture. The residue was dissolved in dichloromethane (10
ml). Oxalyl chloride (0.078 g, 0.612 mmol, 0.053 ml) and
N,N-dimethylformamide (cat.) were added, and the reaction mixture
was stirred for 2 h. A sample was poured out in methanol,
evaporated until dryness, and analyzed on TLC
[dichloromethane(98)methanol(2)] which showed complete conversion
to the methyl ester after molybdenum staining. The reaction mixture
was diluted with methanol (150 ml) (dried on mol. sieves), and
evaporated under reduced pressure at 40.degree. C. The residue was
purified by flash column (12 g) chromatography [heptane
(100=>80): ethyl acetate(0=>20)]. Two product fractions were
obtained, which were separately collected and evaporated under
reduced pressure to afford D2e (.alpha.-OH) (0.035 g, 0.081 mmol,
Yield=33%) and D2e (.beta.-OH) (0.032 g, 0.074 mmol, Yield=30%) as
white solids. D2e (.alpha.-OH) and D2e (.beta.-OH) were used as
such in the following experiment. D2e (.alpha.-OH): .sup.1HNMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.(ppm): 3.66 (3H, s), 3.38 (3H, s), 3.18
(2H, s), 2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4, 10.3, 5.1 Hz), 2.21 (1H, ddd,
J=15.7, 9.4, 6.3 Hz), 2.02 (1H, bs), 1.94 (1H, dt, J=12.3, 3.0 Hz),
1.90-1.73 (2H, m), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.74 (3H, s), 0.65 (3H,
s). D2e (.beta.-OH): .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.(ppm):
3.66 (3H, s), 3.39 (3H, s), 3.37 (2H, d, J=4.3 Hz), 2.54 (1H, bs),
2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4, 10.3, 5.1 Hz), 2.21 (1H, ddd, J=15.8, 9.5,
6.3 Hz), 1.95 (1H, dt, J=12.5, 3.0 Hz), 1.90-1.73 (2H, m), 0.91
(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.83 (3H, s), 0.65 (3H, s).
[0495] Preparation of compound D2 (.alpha.-OH). In a flame dried
round bottom flask (100 ml), D2e (.alpha.-OH) (0.035 g, 0.081 mmol)
was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) and cooled in an ice
bath under argon for 0.5 h. Methylmagnesium chloride 3.0M in THF
(0.805 mmol, 0.268 ml) was added via a syringe. Some gas evolution
was observed. After stirring the reaction mixture for 2 h,
TLC[heptane(1):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion of the
starting material to a lower eluting product after molybdenum
staining. The reaction mixture was partitioned between a saturated
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (20 ml) and dichloromethane
(20 ml) and left for two days. The organic layer was separated and
the aqueous layer was twice more extracted with dichloromethane (20
ml). The extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and
evaporated. The residue was purified by flash column (12 g)
chromatography [heptane(100=>80):ethyl acetate(0=>20)]. The
product containing fractions were collected and evaporated under
reduced pressure at 40.degree. C. The residue was transferred to a
vial as a solution in dichloromethane/methanol and evaporated at
37.degree. C. under a stream of nitrogen. The white solid residue
was dried at 45.degree. C. in a vacuum oven overnight to afford D2
(.alpha.-OH) (0.025 g, 0.055 mmol, Yield=68%) as white powder.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.(ppm): 3.38 (3H, s), 3.18
(2H, s), 1.98 (1H, bs), 1.95 (1H, dt, J=12.5, 3.2 Hz), 1.88-1.79
(1H, m), 1.68-1.61 (1H, m), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, s), 0.91, (3H,
d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.74 (3H, s), 0.65 (3H, s).
[0496] Preparation of compound D2 (.beta.-OH). In a flame dried
round bottom flask (100 ml), D2e (.beta.-OH) (0.035 g, 0.081 mmol)
was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (dry) (1 ml) and cooled in an ice
bath under argon for 0.5 h. Methylmagnesium chloride 3.0M in THF
(0.805 mmol, 0.268 ml) was added via a syringe. Some gas evolution
was observed. After stirring the reaction mixture for 2 h,
TLC[heptane(1):ethyl acetate(1)] showed complete conversion of the
starting material to a lower eluting product after molybdenum
staining. The reaction mixture was partitioned between a saturated
aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (20 ml) and dichloromethane
(20 ml) and left for two days. The organic layer was separated and
the aqueous layer was twice more extracted with dichloromethane (20
ml). The extracts were combined, dried over sodium sulfate and
evaporated. The residue was purified by flash column (12 g)
chromatography [heptane (100=>80): ethyl acetate (0=>20)].
The product containing fractions were collected and evaporated
under reduced pressure at 40.degree. C. The residue was transferred
to a vial as a solution in dichloromethane/methanol and evaporated
at 37.degree. C. under a stream of nitrogen. The white solid
residue was dried at 45.degree. C. in a vacuum oven overnight to
afford D2 (.beta.-OH) (0.018 g, 0.039 mmol, Yield=53%) as white
powder. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 3.40 (3H,
s), 3.39 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 3.36 (1H, d, J=9.2 Hz), 2.51 (1H, bs),
1.96 (1H, dt, J=12.4, 3.1 Hz), 1.89-1.77 (1H, m), 1.20 (6H, s),
0.91, (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.83 (3H, s), 0.65 (3H, s).
Example 29. Preparation of 3-Alpha-D3 and 3-Beta-D6
##STR00146##
[0498] Preparation of compound D6a. To a solution of 18-crown-6
(0.315 g, 1.192 mmol) and KHF.sub.2 (0.233 g, 2.98 mmol) in dry DMF
(7.5 mL) under an argon atmosphere was added D5c (0.3 g, 0.745
mmol) The reaction mixture was heated till 150.degree. C.
overnight. More KHF.sub.2 (0.233 g, 2.98 mmol) was added and
heating was continued for 8 h. The mixture was cooled to room
temperature poured out in H.sub.2O (150 mL) and stirred with EtOAc
(100 mL) for 30 min. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with
EtOAc (200 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine
(2.times.) dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated
under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash
column chromatography (silica, heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->85:15)
to afford product D6a (71 mg, 0.17 mmol, yield=23%). According to
NMR D6a was obtained as a 3:1 cis/trans mixture. .sup.1HNMR (400
MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 4.18 (1.5H [cis-isomer (.beta.-OH)], d,
J=47.8 Hz), 4.15 (0.5H [trans-isomer (.alpha.-OH)], d, J=48 Hz),
3.66 (3H, s), 2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4, 10.3, 5.2 Hz), 2.21 (1H, ddd,
J=15.8, 9.5, 6.3 Hz), 0.98 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.65
(3H, s).
[0499] Preparation of compound D6 (.beta.-OH) and D3 (.alpha.-OH)
Compound D6a (0.071 g, 0.168 mmol) was coevaporated with toluene
(50 mL) and dissolved in dry THF (2 mL) under an atmosphere of
argon and cooled to 0.degree. C. MeMgCl 3.0M in THF (0.560 mL,
1.680 mmol,) was added using a syringe. The reaction mixture was
stirred for 2 h at 0.degree. C. The reaction mixture was quenched
with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (50 mL) and extracted three times
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL). The combined organic layers were
washed with brine dried on Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the crude product
was purified by flash column chromatography (silica,
heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->85:15) to afford D6 (.beta.-OH) (23
mg, 0.05 mmol, yield=32%) and D3 (.alpha.-OH) (8 mg, 0.007 mmol,
yield=4%). D6 (.beta.-OH): .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3)
.delta.(ppm): 4.19 (2H, d, J=47.8 Hz), 2.00-1.94 (1H, m), 1.76-1.69
(1H, m), 1.20 (6H, s), 0.98 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.65
(3H, s). D3 (.alpha.-OH): .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm):
4.15 (2H, d, J=47.8 Hz), 1.96 (1H, dt, J=12.4, 3.2 Hz), 1.89-1.78
(1H, m), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.76
(3H, s), 0.65 (3H, s).
Example 30. Preparation of Compound D4
##STR00147##
[0501] Preparation of compound D4a. BB-3 (0.448 g, 1.153 mmol) was
suspended in EtOH (abs) (12 mL) and MeOH (6 mL) under an atmosphere
of argon and palladium, 10% on activated carbon (0.012 g, 0.012
mmol) was added. The argon atmosphere was replaced by hydrogen
(atmospheric) and the reaction mixture was vigorously stirred at
room temperature for 2 h. Stirring was continued for 3 days. The
reaction mixture was filtered over hyflo and evaporated till
dryness. The residue was suspended in acetic acid (5 mL), EtOAc (5
mL) and 1,4-dioxane (5 mL) and heated till a clear solution was
obtained. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and
palladium, 10% on activated carbon (0.012 g, 0.012 mmol) was added
under an Argon atmosphere. The argon atmosphere was replaced by
hydrogen (atmospheric) and the reaction mixture was vigorously
stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was
filtered over hyflo and washed with MeOH (2.times.50 mL) and
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (50 mL). The solvents were evaporated and the
residue triturated with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, filtered off and
dried in a vacuum oven at 40.degree. C. overnight to afford D4a
(385 mg, 0.99 mmol, yield=85%) as a white solid. .sup.1HNMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 3.59 (1H, sep, J=5.3 Hz), 1.96 (1H,
dt, J=9.3, 3.1 Hz), 1.98-1.75 (2H, m), 1.71 (1H, dt, J=13.2, 3.4
Hz), 1.65 (1H, dq, J=13.0, 3.4 Hz), 1.19 (6H, s), 0.91, (3H, d,
J=6.5 Hz), 0.80 (3H, s), 0.65 (3H, s).
[0502] Preparation of compound D4b. To an ice cooled solution of
pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) (0.248 g, 1.152 mmol) in dry
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (4 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added a
suspension of D4a (0.3 g, 0.768 mmol) in dry CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (4
mL). The solid material was added drop wise redissolved as a
solution in dry CHCl.sub.3 (4 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred
for 30 min at 0.degree. C., followed by 2 h at room temperature.
Again pyridinium chlorochromate (PCC) (0.248 g, 1.152 mmol) was
added in one portion at room temperature, and the reaction mixture
was stirred overnight. The reaction mixture was eluted over a short
pad of sand, silica (5 g) and hyflo, and the pad was rinsed with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL). The elute was washed twice with aqueous
0.5N KHSO.sub.4 (100 ml). The combined washings were extracted once
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL), and the combined organic layers
were dried over Na2SO.sub.4, filtered and evaporated under reduced
pressure to afford D4b (306 mg, 0.79 mmol, yield=103%) an
orange/brown solid. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm):
2.38 (1H, td, J=14.5, 6.4 Hz), 2.32-2.21 (2H, m), 2.15-1.93 (3H,
m), 1.90-1.79 (1H, m), 1.75-1.65 (1H, m), 1.20 (6H, s), 1.01 (3H,
s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.78-0.64 (1H, m), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0503] Preparation of compound D4c. In a flame dried reaction tube,
a solution of D4b (0.1 g, 0.257 mmol) and
(trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (0.053 mL, 0.34 mmol) in dry THF
(2.5 mL) was cooled to 0.degree. C. under argon. CsF (spatula tip)
was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0.degree. C. for
5 minutes. The cooling bath was removed and stirring was continued
at room temperature overnight. Extra
(trifluoromethyl)trimethylsilane (0.053 ml, 0.34 mmol) and CsF
(spatula tip) were added to the reaction mixture and stirring under
argon atmosphere was continued for 3 h. H2O (50 mL) and EtOAc (50
mL) were added. Layers were separated after stirring for 30
minutes. The aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc (50 mL).
The combined organic layers were dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
solvents were removed in vacuo. D4c (163 mg, 0.31 mmol, yield=119%)
was obtained as a light yellow oil. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 2.04-1.92 (1H, m), 1.90-1.68 (2H, m),
1.09 (3H, s), 1.08 (3H, s), 0.80 (3H, s), 0.73 (3H, s), 0.55 (3H,
s), 0.03 (12H, m).
[0504] Preparation of compound D4. To a solution of D4c (0.137 g,
0.258 mmol) in 1,4-dioxane (8 mL) was added 1 M aqueous HCl (2 mL,
2.0 mmol). The yellow solution was stirred for 3 h at room
temperature. The reaction mixture was diluted with H.sub.2O (50 mL)
and extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.50 mL). The combined
organic layers were washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO.sub.3,
brine, dried on Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the solvents evaporated. The
crude product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica,
heptane/EtOAc, 1:0->4:1) and crystallized from CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2
to afford D4 (44 mg, 0.10 mmol, yield=37%) as a white solid.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 2.09-2.02 (1H, m),
1.98 (1H, s), 1.96 (1H, dt, J=12.8, 3.4 Hz), 1.88-1.77 (2H, m),
1.72-1.61 (3H, m), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.6
Hz), 0.85 (3H, s), 0.65 (3H, s).
Example 31. Preparation of Compound D5
##STR00148##
[0506] Preparation of compound D5a. To a solution BB-1 (2 g, 5.15
mmol) and Al(iPrO).sub.3 (3.68 g, 18.01 mmol) in dry toluene (80
mL) was added 1-methyl-4-piperidone (29.1 g, 257 mmol, 29.7 mL).
The solution was stirred at reflux for 3 h. The reaction mixture
was cooled to room temperature and diluted with aqueous 0.5 M HCl
(80 mL), brine (80 mL) and Et.sub.2O (120 mL). The organic layer
was extracted with EtOAc (3.times.100 mL). The combined organic
layers were dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered and the solvents
were removed in vacuo. The residue was diluted with aqueous 1 M HCl
(250 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2.times.250 mL). The organic
solvents were washed with brine, dried with Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and
evaporated till dryness. The crude product was purified by flash
column chromatography (silica, heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->9:1)
and coevaporated with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 to afford D5a (1.27 g, 3.27
mmol, yield=64%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 5.72
(1H, s), 3.67 (3H, s), 2.48-2.17 (6H, m), 2.02 (1H, dt, J=9.6, 3.8
Hz), 1.94-1.75 (3H, m), 1.69 (1H, td, J=14.0, 4.7 Hz), 1.18 (3H,
s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.71 (3H, s).
[0507] Preparation of compound D5b. A suspension of D5a (1.26 g,
3.26 mmol) in absolute EtOH (150 mL) was heated till the starting
material was dissolved. The solution was cooled to room temperature
and made under an argon atmosphere. Palladium on calcium carbonate,
10% (w/w) (cat.) was added, and hydrogen (atmospheric) was flushed
through the reaction mixture for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture
was stirred at room temperature under hydrogen atmosphere
overnight. The reaction mixture was flushed with argon, the solids
were filtered over Celite/silica gel, and the filter was washed
with EtOH (75 ml). The solvents were removed in vacuo and the crude
product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica,
heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->9:1) to obtain product D5b (1.12 g,
2.16 mmol, Yield=75%). According to NMR D5b was obtained as a 3:1
cis/trans mixture. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 3.67
(3H, s), 2.70 (1H, t, J=14.2 Hz), 1.02 (2H[cis-isomer], s), 1.00
(1H[trans-isomer], s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.68 (3H, s).
[0508] Preparation of compound D5c. To a solution of
trimethylsulfoxonium iodide (0.747 g, 3.39 mmol) in dry DMSO (10
mL) under an nitrogen atmosphere was added NaH (60% dispersion in
mineral oil) (0.075 g, 3.13 mmol) in 1 portion. The reaction
mixture was stirred for 30 min and a solution of D5b (1.014 g, 2.61
mmol) in dry THF (10 mL) was added. The reaction mixture was
stirred for 1 h, followed by the addition of extra trimethyl
sulfoxonium iodide (0.747 g, 3.39 mmol) and NaH (60% dispersion in
mineral oil) (0.075 g, 3.13 mmol). The mixture stirred for 2 h. The
reaction mixture was partitioned between saturated aqueous
NH.sub.4Cl (150 mL) and CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (150 mL). The aqueous
layer extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (100 mL) and the combined
organic layers were washed with brine, dried on Na.sub.2SO.sub.4
and evaporated till dryness. The crude product was purified by
flash column chromatography (silica, heptane/ethylacetate,
1:0->88:12) to afford product D5c (1 g, 2.48 mmol, Yield=75%).
According to NMR D5c was obtained as a cis/trans mixture.
.sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 3.67 (3H, s), 2.64-2.60
(2H, m), 2.42-2.30 (2H, m), 2.27-2.16 (1H, m), 0.99 (3H, s), 0.92
(3H, d, J=6.4 Hz), 0.66 (3H, s).
[0509] Preparation of compound D5d. To a suspension of D5c (0.1 g,
0.248 mmol) in MeOH (2.5 mL) under a nitrogen atmosphere was added
KOtBu (0.056 g, 0.497 mmol) in one portion. The reaction mixture
was heated till reflux for 3 hours and cooled to room temperature
overnight. The mixture was diluted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (5 mL) and
poured out in saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (25 mL). The aqueous
layer was extracted with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.25 mL). The
combined organic layers were dried over Na.sub.2SO.sub.4, filtered
and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude product was
purified by flash column chromatography (silica,
heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->9:1) and coevaporated with
CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (5 mL) to afford product D5d (0.08 g, 0.18 mmol,
Yield=74%). According to NMR D5d was obtained as a 2:1 cis/trans
mixture. .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 3.66 (3H, s),
3.39 (2H [cis-isomer (.beta.-OH)], s), 3.38 (1H [trans-isomer
(.alpha.-OH)], s), 3.24-3.12 (2H [cis-isomer
(.beta.-OH)/trans-isomer (.alpha.-OH)], m), 2.35 (1H, ddd, J=15.4,
10.3, 5.1 Hz), 2.21 (1H, ddd, J=15.8, 9.5, 6.3 Hz), 2.04 (1H, bs),
1.98-1.92 (1H, m), 1.92-1.75 (3H, m), 0.96 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d,
J=6.4 Hz), 0.64 (3H, s).
[0510] Preparation of compound D5. In a flame dried round bottom
flask (100 mL) D5d (0.080 g, 0.184 mmol) was dissolved in dry THF
(3 mL) under an atmosphere of nitrogen and cooled to 0.degree. C.
MeMgCl 3.0M in THF (0.614 mL, 1.841 mmol) was added using a syringe
The reaction mixture was stirred for 1.5 h at 0.degree. C. The
reaction mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (20
mL) and extracted three times with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.20
mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine dried on
Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the crude product was purified by flash column
chromatography (silica, heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->85:15) to
afford D5 (36 mg, 0.08 mmol, yield=45%). .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz,
CDCl3) .delta.(ppm): 3.39 (3H, s), 3.22 (1H, d, J=9.0 Hz), 3.20
(1H, d, 9.0 Hz), 1.20 6H, s), 0.97 (3H, s), 0.91 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz),
0.65 (3H, s).
Example 32. Preparation of C3-Alpha-D13 and C3-Beta-D13
Compounds
##STR00149##
[0512] Under argon at 0.degree. C. methyllithium, 1.6M in diethyl
ether (0.26 mL, 0.412 mmol) was added dropwise to a solution of
D13a (0.080 g, 0.206 mmol) in THF (dry, 1 mL). A white precipitate
formed upon addition. THF (dry, 5 mL) was added. Stirring at
0.degree. C. was continued for 10 min. Reaction mixture was allowed
to warm to RT and stirring was continued for 1 h, TLC (H/E, 1:1)
showed starting material and two more polar spots. Methyllithium,
1.6M in diethyl ether (0.39 mL, 0.618 mmol) was added at RT under
argon. Stirring was continued overnight. Reaction mixture had
turned into a yellow solution. Solvent was removed in vacuo. THF
(dry, 1 mL) was added under argon at RT. Methyllithium, 1.6M in
diethyl ether (0.26 mL, 0.412 mmol) was added dropwise and reaction
mixture was stirred at RT for 3 h. Aq. sat. ammonium chloride (10
mL), H.sub.2O (5 mL) and diethyl ether (20 mL) were added. Layers
were separated and aq. layer was extracted with diethyl ether
(2.times.25 mL). Combined org. layers were dried with sodium
sulfate and solvents were removed in vacuo. Flash chromatography
(H, 5%-25% EtOAc) afforded 13 mg of the 3beta-hydroxy
diastereoisomer and 12 mg of the 3 alpha-hydroxy diastereoisomer.
Compound D13 (3.alpha.-OH) (12 mg, 0.030 mmol; 14.4%) and compound
D13 (3.beta.-OH) (13 mg, 0.032 mmol; 15.6%). (3.alpha.-OH):
.sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 2.03-1.92 (m,
2H), 1.90-1.79 (m, 2H), 1.78-1.70 (m, 1H), 1.63-0.99 (m, 25H), 1.25
(s, 3H), 1.20 (s, 3H), 1.19 (s, 3H), 0.93 (s, 3H), 0.91 (d, J=6.5
Hz, 3H), 0.64 (s, 3H). (3.beta.-OH): .sup.1H-NMR (400 MHz,
CDCl.sub.3): .delta. (ppm): 2.00-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.67-0.99 (m, 25H),
1.22 (s, 3H), 1.20 (s, br, 6H), 0.96 (s, 3H), 0.94-0.86 (m, 4H),
0.65 (s, 3H).
Example 33. Preparation of Compounds C3-Alpha and C3-Beta D14
##STR00150##
[0514] In a flame dried reaction tube (20 mL) D4b (0.1 g, 0.257
mmol) was dissolved in dry THF (3 mL) under an atmosphere of argon
and cooled to -10.degree. C. MeMgCl 3.0M in THF (0.86 mL, 2.57
mmol) was added drop wise using a syringe MeMgCl 3.0M in THF (0.68
mL, 2.04 mmol). The reaction mixture was coming up to room
temperature during 1.5 h and stirred for 2 h at room temperature.
The reaction mixture was poured into a stirred solution of
saturated aqueous NH.sub.4Cl (100 mL) and extracted three times
with CH.sub.2Cl.sub.2 (3.times.75 mL). The combined organic layers
were washed with brine dried on Na.sub.2SO.sub.4 and the crude
product was purified by flash column chromatography (silica,
heptane/ethylacetate, 1:0->4:1) to afford D14 (.alpha.-OH) (28
mg, 0.07 mmol, yield=27%) and D14 (.beta.-OH) (21 mg, 0.05 mmol,
yield=20%) both as a white solid. D14 (.alpha.-OH): .sup.1HNMR (400
MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta. (ppm): 1.95 (1H, dt, J=12.3, 3.1 Hz),
1.89-1.77 (1H, m), 1.65 (1H, dq, J=12.7, 3.3 Hz), 1.20 (9H, s),
0.92 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.75 (3H, s), 0.78-0.69 (1H, m), 0.65 (3H,
s). D14 (.beta.-OH): .sup.1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl.sub.3) .delta.
(ppm): 1.96 (1H, dt, J=12.5, 3.3 Hz), 1.89-1.77 (1H, m), 1.25 (3H,
s), 1.20 (3H, s), 1.19 (3H, s), 0.92 (3H, d, J=6.5 Hz), 0.81 (3H,
s), 0.65 (3H, s), 0.70-0.61 (1H, m).
Example 34. Synthesis of 6-Difluoro Analogs
##STR00151## ##STR00152##
[0515] Example 35. Synthesis of 5,6-Alkenyl-6-Monofluoro
Analogs
##STR00153## ##STR00154##
[0516] Example 36. Synthesis of 6-Beta-Methyl Analogs
##STR00155## ##STR00156##
##STR00157## ##STR00158##
[0517] Assay Methods
[0518] Compounds of the present invention can be evaluated using
various in vitro and in vivo assays described in the literature;
examples of which are described below.
[0519] The following examples are offered to illustrate the
biological activity of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions,
and methods provided herein and are not to be construed in any way
as limiting the scope thereof.
NMDA Modulation Activity Assay
[0520] The compounds of the invention are or can be tested for
their NMDA modulation activity using the assay described by Paul et
al., in J. Pharm. and Exp. Ther. 1994, 271, 677-682. The assay
protocol is reproduced below.
[0521] (1) Cell Culture
[0522] Hippocampal neurons from 19-day-old Sprague-Dawley rat
embryos are maintained in primary culture, as described previously
(Segal, J. NeurophysioL 50 1249-1264, 1983). Briefly, hippocampal
tissue is dissected and mechanically disrupted and the cell
suspension is plated onto poly-L-lysine (Sigma, St. Louis,
Mo.)-coated, glass-bottom, 35-mm culture dishes that contained
modified Eagle's medium with Earle's salts supplemented with 10%
fetal bovine serum, 10% horse serum and 2 mM glutamine (Sigma).
N.sub.3 serum supplement (modified from Guthrie et al., Brain Res.
420 313-323, 1987) consisted of: bovine serum albumin, 0.001%;
transferrin, 20 mg/liter; insulin, 10 mg/liter; selenium, 60 nM;
corticosterone, 40 .mu.g/liter; triiodothyronine, 20 .mu.g/liter;
progesterone, 40 nM; and putrescine, 200 .mu.M, which is added to
the media. Cells are incubated in a humidified atmosphere that
contained 10% CO.sub.2 and 90% air. Culture media that lacked fetal
bovine serum is added every 7 days after plating. The cells are
used after 7 to 14 days in culture.
[0523] (2) Measurement of Intracellular Ca.sup.++
[0524] Cultures are washed three times with buffer that contained
(in millimolar quantities) the following: NaCl, 145; KCl, 2.5;
HEPES, 10; CaCl.sub.2, 1; and glucose, 10 (adjusted to pH 7.4 with
NaOH and to an osmolality of 315-325 mOsm with sucrose). The
cultures are then incubated with fura-2 acetoxymethyl ester 2 to 5
.mu.M for 30 to 45 min in the dark at 37.degree. C. After the
incubation period, the cultures are again ished three times with
buffer and allowed to stand for .gtoreq.15 mm to permit complete
hydrolysis of the ester. The neuron of interest is perfused with
buffer at a rate of approximately 250 .mu.l/min (37.degree. C.).
The perfusion device consisted of a water-jacketed array of 10
tubes that emptied into a common tip positioned approximately 500
.mu.m from the cell. All solutions contained 0.5 .mu.M tetrodotoxin
to eliminate voltage-sensitive Na.sup.+ currents and 2 to 5 .mu.M
glycine to saturate the strychnine-insensitive glycine site on NMDA
receptors.
[0525] [Ca.sup.++] is measured by microspectrofluorimetry with the
Ca.sup.++ sensitive indicator fura-2 (Groden et al., Cell Calcium
12: 279-287, 1991). The neurons are illuminated on a Nikon inverted
microscope with a dual-wavelength illumination-photometry system
(SPEX-DM3000 AR-CM, SPEX Industries, Edison, N.J.).
[0526] Excitation of fura-2 occurred at 340 and 380 nm with emitted
light monitored at 510 nm. The neurons are visualized by
phase-contrast microscopy and are easily identified by their
characteristic morphology. Light reaching the photomultiplier is
limited to that emitted by the cell of interest by a pinhole. The
photon counts are stored in digital form for subsequent analysis.
Calibration is carried out as described by Grynkiewicz et at. (J.
Biol. Chem. 280, 34440-3450, 1985). The fluorescence ratio at
saturating Ca.sup.++ (R.sub.max) is determined in situ by bathing
the cells in buffer that contained (in millimolar quantities) the
following: KCl, 130; NaCl, 17; HEPES, 10; glucose, 10; CaCl.sub.2,
2; and ionomycin, 0.015 (pH 7.2, 37.degree. C. Some calibration
buffers contained 10 .mu.M carbonyl
cyanide-m-chlorophenyl-hydrazone to uncouple mitochondrial
oxidative phosphorylation. For the determination of the
fluorescence ratio at zero Ca.sup.++ (R.sub.min). the buffer is
modified so that 3 mM EGTA and 80 .mu.M EGTA acetoxymethyl ester is
substituted for CaCl.sub.2. An apparent K.sub.d of 285 nM (Groden
el at., 1991) is used for [Ca.sup.++ ].sub.i calculations.
Electrophysiology Assay
[0527] The compounds of the invention are or can be tested in
electrophysiology assay as described by Petrovic et al., in J.
Neuroscience 160 (2009) 616-628. The assay protocol is reproduced
below.
[0528] (1) Hippocampal Cultures
[0529] Primary dissociated hippocampal cultures are prepared from
1- to 2-day-old postnatal rats. Animals are decapitated, and the
hippocampi are dissected. Trypsin digestion, followed by mechanical
dissociation, is used to prepare cell suspension. Single cells are
plated at a density of 500,000 cells/cm.sup.2 on 31- or 12-mm
polylysine-coated glass coverslips. Neuronal cultures are
maintained in Neurobasal.TM.-A (Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif., USA)
medium supplemented with glutamine (0.5 mM) and B27 Serum-Free
Supplement (Invitrogen).
[0530] (2) Transfection and Maintenance of HEK293 Cells
[0531] HEK293 cells (American Type Culture Collection, ATTC No.
CRL1573, Rockville, Md., USA) are cultured in Opti-MEM.RTM. I
(Invitrogen) with 5% fetal bovine serum at 37.degree. C. and
transfected with NR1-1a/NR2B/green fluorescent protein (GFP)
plasmids as described previously (Cais et al., Neuroscience 151:
428-438, 2008). Briefly, equal amounts (0.3 .mu.g) of cDNAs coding
for NR1, NR2 and GFP (pQBI 25, Takara, Otsu, Shiga, Japan) are
mixed with 0.9 .mu.l Matra-A Reagent (IBA, Gottingen, Germany) and
added to confluent HEK293 cells on a 24-well plate. After
trypsinization, the cells are resuspended in Opti-MEM.RTM. I
containing 1% fetal bovine serum supplemented with 20 mM MgCl2, 1
mM D,L-2-amino-5-phosphonopentanoic acid and 3 mM kynurenic acid
and plated on 30-mm polylysine-coated glass coverslips. The
following genes encoding NMDAR subunits are used: NR1-1a (GenBank
accession no. U08261) (Hollmann et al., Neuron 10:943-954 1993) and
NR2B (GenBank accession no. M91562) (Monyer et al., Science, 256:
1217-1221, 1992).
[0532] (3) Recording from Cultured Cells and Drug Application
[0533] Experiments are performed 24-48 h after the end of HEK293
transfection; neurons maintained in culture for 5-8 days are used.
Whole-cell voltage-clamp recordings are made with a patch-clamp
amplifier after a capacitance and series resistance (<10
M.OMEGA.) compensation of 80%-90%. Agonist-induced responses are
low-pass filtered at 1 kHz with an eight-pole Bessel filter
(Frequency Devices, Haverhill, Mass., USA), digitally sampled at 5
kHz and analyzed using pCLAMP software version 9 (Axon
Instruments). Patch pipettes (3-4 M.OMEGA.) pulled from
borosilicate glass are filled with Cs.sup.+ based intracellular
solution (Cs-ICS) containing (in mM) 125 gluconic acid, 15 CsCl, 5
EGTA, 10 Hepes, 3 MgCl2, 0.5 CaCl2, and 2 ATP-Mg salt (pH-adjusted
to 7.2 with CsOH). Extracellular solution (ECS) contained (in mM)
160 NaCl, 2.5 KCl, 10 Hepes, 10 glucose, 0.2 EDTA and 0.7 CaCl2
(pH-adjusted to 7.3 with NaOH). In some experiments, the
concentration of CaCl.sub.2 is lowered to 0.2 mM (with no EDTA) or
increased to 2 mM as indicated. Glycine (10 .mu.M), an NMDAR
coagonist, is present in the control and test solutions.
Tetrodotoxin (0.5 .mu.M) and bicuculline methochloride (10 .mu.M)
are used in experiments on cultured hippocampal neurons. The
solutions of compounds of invention are made from freshly prepared
20 mM stock in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The same concentration of
DMSO is maintained in all ECSs. A microprocessor-controlled
multibarrel fast perfusion system, with a time constant of solution
exchange around cells of .about.10 ms, is used to apply test and
control solutions (Vyklicky et al., J Physiol Lond 470:575-600
1990).
[0534] The compounds of the invention are prepared according to
synthetic methods described herein and their purity is tested by
using conventional methods known to one skilled in the art.
NMDA Binding In Vitro
[0535] Compounds can be screened to determine their potential as
modulators of NMDA binding in vitro. These assays are or can be
performed in accordance with the above discussed procedures.
In Vivo Pharmacology.
[0536] Male NSA mice weighing between 15-20 g are obtained from
Harlan Sprague-Dawley (San Diego, Calif.). Upon arrival they are
housed in standard polycarbonate cages (4 per cage) containing a
sterilized bedding material in a room of constant temp
(23.0.degree..+-.2.5.degree. C.) with a 12 h (07.00-19.00 light)
light/dark cycle. Food (Teklad LM 485) and water are freely
available. Mice are acclimated a minimum of 4 days prior to
experimentation.
Hanging Wire Test
[0537] The hanging-wire test used a custom-built apparatus that
consisted of a metal wire (2 mm diameter) suspended horizontally
above a padded surface (25 cm). Mice are held by the base of the
tail, their forepaws placed in contact with the wire, and then
released. Animals are required to bring both hindpaws in contact
with the wire within 5 sec in order to be scored as a pass. Results
are treated quantally.
Drug Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics; HERG Assay
[0538] HEK 293 cells which stably express the HERG potassium
channel are used for electrophysiological study. The methodology
for stable transfection of this channel in HEK cells can be found
elsewhere (Zhou et al., Biophys. J. 74:230-41, 1998). Before the
day of experimentation, the cells are harvested from culture flasks
and plated onto glass coverslips in a standard Minimum Essential
Medium (MEM) medium with 10% Fetal Calf Serum (FCS). The plated
cells are stored in an incubator at 37.degree. C. maintained in an
atmosphere of 95% O.sub.2/5% CO.sub.2. Cells are studied between
15-28 hrs after harvest.
[0539] HERG currents are studied using standard patch clamp
techniques in the whole-cell mode. During the experiment the cells
are superfused with a standard external solution of the following
composition (mM); NaCl, 130; KCl, 4; CaCl.sub.2, 2; MgCl.sub.2, 1;
Glucose, 10; HEPES, 5; pH 7.4 with NaOH. Whole-cell recordings are
made using a patch clamp amplifier and patch pipettes which have a
resistance of 1-3 MOhm when filled with the standard internal
solution of the following composition (mM); KCl, 130; MgATP, 5;
MgCl.sub.2, 1.0; HEPES, 10; EGTA 5, pH 7.2 with KOH. Only those
cells with access resistances below 15 MOhm and seal resistances
>1 GOhm are accepted for further experimentation. Series
resistance compensation was applied up to a maximum of 80%. No leak
subtraction is done. However, acceptable access resistance depended
on the size of the recorded currents and the level of series
resistance compensation that can safely be used.
[0540] Following the achievement of whole cell configuration and
sufficient time for cell dialysis with pipette solution (>5
min), a standard voltage protocol is applied to the cell to evoke
membrane currents. The voltage protocol is as follows. The membrane
is depolarized from a holding potential of -80 mV to +40 mV for
1000 ms. This was followed by a descending voltage ramp (rate 0.5
mV msec-1) back to the holding potential. The voltage protocol is
applied to a cell continuously throughout the experiment every 4
seconds (0.25 Hz). The amplitude of the peak current elicited
around -40 mV during the ramp is measured. Once stable evoked
current responses are obtained in the external solution, vehicle
(0.5% DMSO in the standard external solution) is applied for 10-20
min by a peristaltic pump. Provided there were minimal changes in
the amplitude of the evoked current response in the vehicle control
condition, the test compound of either 0.3, 1, 3, or 10 mM is
applied for a 10 min period. The 10 min period included the time
which supplying solution was passing through the tube from solution
reservoir to the recording chamber via the pump. Exposing time of
cells to the compound solution was more than 5 min after the drug
concentration in the chamber well reached the attempting
concentration. There is a subsequent wash period of a 10-20 min to
assess reversibility. Finally, the cells is exposed to high dose of
dofetilide (5 mM), a specific IKr blocker, to evaluate the
insensitive endogenous current.
[0541] All experiments are performed at room temperature
(23.+-.1.degree. C.). Evoked membrane currents were recorded
on-line on a computer, filtered at 500-1 KHz (Bessel -3 dB) and
sampled at 1-2 KHz using the patch clamp amplifier and a specific
data analyzing software. Peak current amplitude, which occurred at
around -40 mV, is measured offline on the computer.
[0542] The arithmetic mean of the ten values of amplitude is
calculated under vehicle control conditions and in the presence of
drug. Percent decrease of IN in each experiment was obtained by the
normalized current value using the following formula:
IN=(1-ID/IC).times.100, where ID is the mean current value in the
presence of drug and IC is the mean current value under control
conditions. Separate experiments are performed for each drug
concentration or time-matched control, and arithmetic mean in each
experiment is defined as the result of the study.
Drug Metabolism and Pharmacokinetics; Half-Life in Human Liver
Microsomes (HLM)
[0543] Test compounds (1 .mu.M) are incubated with 3.3 mM
MgCl.sub.2 and 0.78 mg/mL HLM (HL101) in 100 mM potassium phosphate
buffer (pH 7.4) at 37.degree. C. on the 96-deep well plate. The
reaction mixture is split into two groups, a non-P450 and a P450
group. NADPH is only added to the reaction mixture of the P450
group. An aliquot of samples of P450 group is collected at 0, 10,
30, and 60 min time point, where 0 min time point indicated the
time when NADPH was added into the reaction mixture of P450 group.
An aliquot of samples of non-P450 group is collected at -10 and 65
min time point. Collected aliquots are extracted with acetonitrile
solution containing an internal standard. The precipitated protein
is spun down in centrifuge (2000 rpm, 15 min). The compound
concentration in supernatant is measured by LC/MS/MS system. The
half-life value is obtained by plotting the natural logarithm of
the peak area ratio of compounds/internal standard versus time. The
slope of the line of best fit through the points yields the rate of
metabolism (k), and is converted to a half-life value using
following equation: Half-life=ln 2/k.
Example 37. NMDA Potentiation Data
[0544] The whole-cell patch-clamp technique was used to investigate
the effects of compounds (0.1 mM and 1.0 mM) on the NMDA receptor
(GRIN1/GRIN2A subunits) expressed in HEK cells. NMDA/Glycine peak
and steady-state currents were recorded from stably transfected
cells expressing the NMDA receptor and the modulatory effects of
the test items on these currents were investigated.
[0545] Cells were stably transfected (Lipofectamine.TM.) with human
GRIN1 (variant NR1-3). These cells were transiently transfected
with GRIN2A cDNA and CD8 (pLeu) antigene cDNA. About 24-72 hours
following transfection 1 .mu.l Dynabeads M-45 CD8 was added to
identify successfully transfected cells (Jurman et al.,
Biotechniques (1994) 17:876-881). Cells were passaged to a
confluence of 50-80%. Whole cell currents were measured with HEKA
EPC-10 amplifiers using PatchMaster software. Cell culture dishes
for recordings were placed on the dish holder of the microscope and
continuously perfused (1 ml/min) with bath solution. All solutions
applied to cells including the pipette solution were maintained at
room temperature (19.degree. C.-30.degree. C.). After formation of
a Gigaohm seal between the patch electrodes and transfected
individual HEK 293 cells (pipette resistance range: 2.5 MW-6.0 MW;
seal resistance range: >1 GW) the cell membrane across the
pipette tip was ruptured to assure electrical access to the cell
interior (whole-cell patch-configuration). Once a stable seal could
be established NMDA inward currents were measured upon application
of 30 .mu.M NMDA (and 5.0 .mu.M Glycine) to patch-clamped cells (2
applications) for 5 s. The cells were voltage clamped at a holding
potential of -80 mV.
TABLE-US-00001 NMDA 1a2A (%) NMDA 1a2A (%) Structure Potentiation
0.1 uM Potentiation 1 uM ##STR00159## 55 197 ##STR00160## 128 348
##STR00161## 28 66 ##STR00162## 74 171 ##STR00163## 31 95
##STR00164## 39 127 ##STR00165## 19 44 ##STR00166## 4 24
##STR00167## 42 98 ##STR00168## 13 60 ##STR00169## -8 -19
##STR00170## 181 286 ##STR00171## 23 139 ##STR00172## 25 19
##STR00173## 25 114 ##STR00174## 21 52 ##STR00175## 14 85
##STR00176## 18 85 ##STR00177## 59 172 ##STR00178## 19 30
##STR00179## 87, 70 278, 238 ##STR00180## -5 27 ##STR00181## 82 137
##STR00182## 9 18 ##STR00183## 8 25 ##STR00184## 14 110
##STR00185## 17 105 ##STR00186## 6 27 ##STR00187## -5 -14
Other Embodiments
[0546] In the claims articles such as "a," "an," and "the" may mean
one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise
evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that include "or"
between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if
one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in,
employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process
unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the
context. The invention includes embodiments in which exactly one
member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise
relevant to a given product or process. The invention includes
embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group members are
present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product
or process.
[0547] Furthermore, the invention encompasses all variations,
combinations, and permutations in which one or more limitations,
elements, clauses, and descriptive terms from one or more of the
listed claims is introduced into another claim. For example, any
claim that is dependent on another claim can be modified to include
one or more limitations found in any other claim that is dependent
on the same base claim. Where elements are presented as lists,
e.g., in Markush group format, each subgroup of the elements is
also disclosed, and any element(s) can be removed from the group.
It should it be understood that, in general, where the invention,
or aspects of the invention, is/are referred to as comprising
particular elements and/or features, certain embodiments of the
invention or aspects of the invention consist, or consist
essentially of, such elements and/or features. For purposes of
simplicity, those embodiments have not been specifically set forth
in haec verba herein. It is also noted that the terms "comprising"
and "containing" are intended to be open and permits the inclusion
of additional elements or steps. Where ranges are given, endpoints
are included. Furthermore, unless otherwise indicated or otherwise
evident from the context and understanding of one of ordinary skill
in the art, values that are expressed as ranges can assume any
specific value or sub-range within the stated ranges in different
embodiments of the invention, to the tenth of the unit of the lower
limit of the range, unless the context clearly dictates
otherwise.
[0548] This application refers to various issued patents, published
patent applications, journal articles, and other publications, all
of which are incorporated herein by reference. If there is a
conflict between any of the incorporated references and the instant
specification, the specification shall control. In addition, any
particular embodiment of the present invention that falls within
the prior art may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of
the claims. Because such embodiments are deemed to be known to one
of ordinary skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the
exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular
embodiment of the invention can be excluded from any claim, for any
reason, whether or not related to the existence of prior art.
[0549] Those skilled in the art will recognize or be able to
ascertain using no more than routine experimentation many
equivalents to the specific embodiments described herein. The scope
of the present embodiments described herein is not intended to be
limited to the above Description, but rather is as set forth in the
appended claims. Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate
that various changes and modifications to this description may be
made without departing from the spirit or scope of the present
invention, as defined in the following claims.
* * * * *